Legends and Tables

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
Legends and Tables I
Table of Contents
General Information
1 Terminal Charts Setup 1.1 Chart Types 10

and Charting Definitions
1.2 Charting Standards 80
1.2.1 Information Intentionally Omitted from Lido
Route Manual Terminal Charts 80
1.2.2 Declared Distances on Ground Charts and
Landing Runway System Sketches 90
1.2.3 Frequency Distribution on Charts 100
1.2.4 Bearing / Track / Distance 100
1.2.5 Speed Range of Published Procedures 100
1.2.6 Charting Tolerances 110
1.2.7 Lido Route Manual and Lido FMS Database
Consistency 110
1.2.8 Connecting Airways / ATS Routes on Terminal
Charts 130
1.2.9 Differentiation Between Official and Lido /
Company Specific Information 130
1.2.10 Distances 130
1.2.11 Elevations / Altitudes / Obstructions 130
1.2.12 Hours of Operation 130
1.2.13 Procedures 130
1.2.14 Radar Approach Procedures 140
1.2.15 Temporary Charts 140
1.2.16 Official Notes on Procedure Status 140
1.2.17 Topography Depiction 140
2 Airport Information 2.1 Airport Operational Information (AOI) 141

2.1.1 Take-Off Minima Table 180
2.2 FIV Minima Page, Emergency Sketches Manual
and Smart Companion 190
3 Approach, Arrival and 3.1 Plan View 210

Departure Charts
3.2 Meters to Feet Conversion 510
3.3 Airport Facility Chart (AFC) 541
3.4 Instrument Approach Chart (IAC) 561
3.4.1 IAC Chart Title 562
3.4.1.1 Performance Based Navigation (PBN)
Parenthetical Suffixes 570
3.4.2 IAC Plan View 580
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926635
*1926635*
LSY Standard (CopaAirlinesWW)
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
II Legends and Tables
3.4.3 Landing Runway System Information 670
3.4.4 Profile and Distance / Altitude Table 702
3.4.5 IAC Profile 760
3.4.6 Approach Minima (EASA OPS) 870
3.4.6.1 Approach Minima Legend 920
3.5 Standard Arrival Route (STAR) Chart 1050
3.6 Standard Instrument Departure (SID) Chart 1070
3.7 Standard Instrument Departure Procedure Text
(SIDPT) Chart 1101
3.7.1 General 1101
3.7.2 Designator 1102
3.7.3 Routing 1102
3.7.3.1 RNAV/RNP Route Description 1110
3.7.3.2 Conventional Route Description 1120
3.7.4 Altitudes 1160
3.7.5 Procedure Remarks 1160
3.7.6 SIDPT for SID with Split Conventional and RNAV
SID Part 1182
3.7.7 Obstacle Departure Procedures (contained in
SIDPT) 1190
3.8 Minimum Radar Vectoring Chart (MRC) 1210
4 Ground Charts 4.1 Plan View 1230

4.2 Airport Parking Chart (APC) 1350
4.3 Low Visibility Chart (LVC) 1370
4.4 Lido AMM Legend 1381
4.4.1 Zoom Step Overview - Lido mPilot 1381
4.4.2 Zoom Step Overview - Lido eRoute Manual
(Selection) 1390
4.4.3 Map Elements 1400
5 Route Facility Charts 5.1 RFC Area Overviews 1550

(RFC) / Enroute
5.1.1 AFRICA (AF) 1550
5.1.2 ASIA (AS) 1560
5.1.3 ATLANTIC (AT) 1570
5.1.4 AUSTRALIA (AU) 1580
5.1.5 CENTRAL AMERICA (CA) 1600
5.1.6 EUROPE (EU) 1620
5.1.7 INDIAN OCEAN (IO) 1660
5.1.8 MIDDLE EAST (ME) 1670
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926635

General Part
LAT
08-JUL-2021
Legends and Tables III
5.1.9 NORTH AMERICA (NA) 1680
5.1.10 NORTH POLE (NP) 1700
5.1.11 PACIFIC (PA) 1710
5.1.12 SOUTH AMERICA (SA) 1720
5.1.13 SOUTH POLE (SP) 1740
5.2 RFC Title Box 1750
5.3 RFC Chart NOTAM Bulletin 1770
5.4 RFC / Enroute Charting Standards 1781
5.5 RFC / Enroute Legend 1790
6 Reserved For Future Use 1950
7 Unit Conversions and 7.1 Distances 1970

Tables
7.1.1 Meters - Feet - Kilometers - Statute Miles -
Nautical Miles 1970
7.1.2 Meters to Feet (rounded up to next 10ft) 1980
7.1.3 Meters to Statue Miles and Feet (Equivalent
Values for Visibility and RVR Readings) 1980
7.1.4 Slant Range in Nautical Miles (NM) 1990
7.1.5 Theoretical VHF Radio & NAVAID Coverage 1990
7.1.6 Distance Units 1990
7.2 Liquids and Weights 2000
7.2.1 Liters – U.S. Gallons – Imp. Gallons – KG and lb 2000
7.2.2 Jet Fuel Weight 2000
7.2.3 Liters to Kilograms 2001
7.2.4 Fuel Density (LB/USG – KG/L) 2010
7.2.5 Liquid and Weight Units 2010
7.3 Wind Velocity 2010
7.4 Temperature, Pressures and Altitudes 2030
7.4.1 Determination of True Altitude / Flight Level 2030
7.4.2 Temperatures of Standard Atmosphere 2040
7.5 Temperature Tables (Degrees Celsius to
Degrees Fahrenheit) 2040
7.6 Altimeter Corrections 2050
7.6.1 Responsibility 2050
7.6.2 Pressure Correction 2050
7.6.3 Temperature Correction 2050
7.6.4 Mountainous Areas - En Route 2080
7.6.5 Mountainous Terrain - Terminal Areas 2080
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1799132
*1799132*
LAT General Part
08-JUL-2021
IV Legends and Tables
7.7 Pressure and Temperature Units 2080
7.8 Millimeter of Mercury (mmHG) to Hectopascal
(hPa) 2090
7.9 Inches of Mercury (inHG) to Hectopascal (hPa) 2090
7.10 Climb Gradient Table 2100
7.11 Descent Gradient Table 2150
7.12 Sunrise and Sunset Tables 2170
7.12.1 Sunrise Table 2170
7.12.2 Sunset Table 2190
7.13 World Local Times 2210
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1799132

General Part
LAT
03-OCT-2019
Legends and Tables 10
1 Terminal Charts Setup and Charting Definitions
1.1 Chart Types

The manual is set up to allow easy and quick handling by the user in daily operations. The sequence of
airports in the manual is determined by:
• country name
• city name
• airport name
The charts are organized in chart types with colored header labels for quick and easy recognition and have a
fixed sequence within each individual airport.
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1568882
*1568882*
LAT General Part
03-OCT-2019
20 Legends and Tables
The following examples also indicate the numbering and the sequence of the charts within each airport
section:
The page number consists of a chapter number for each chart type and a sequential chart number within the
chapter.
Note: Continuous numbering is made within the chart types of the Lido master manual. This can cause
interruptions of page numbering within a customized manual, where the customer is not using all
charts available. Therefore the check for completeness has to be made with the list of contents,
rather than with the page numbers only. All types of airport charts in the Lido Route Manual use
the same symbologies, adapted for every specific chart type. Consistent elements are handled in
the same way as on RFCs whenever possible.
Airport Facility Charts

The Airport Facility Chart (AFC) supports flight operations within the
Terminal Control Area (TMA) after take-off or before landing. Single
AFCs are always shown on the front side of the sheet with the Airport
Ground Chart (AGC) on the reverse side.
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1568882

General Part
LAT
03-OCT-2019
Airport Facility Charts
The Airport Facility Chart (AFC) Type B is produced for major U.S.
aerodromes only and is available on request. The chart gives a
detailed overview about the class B airspace structure.
Ground Charts
The Airport Ground Chart (AGC) covers the airport ground layout and
shows the runways, taxiways and apron areas. The AGC is normally
shown on the reverse side of the AFC. RWY information used for
take-off is provided on the AGC.
The Airport Parking Chart (APC) shows parking stands and in addition
detailed information about the apron taxiways and connecting
taxiways leading to/from the apron areas where officially available.
The Low Visibility Chart (LVC) is very similar to the AGC. Differences
include additional symbols, format and the low visibility taxi
procedure text.
Departure Charts
The Engine Out Standard Instrument Departure Chart (EOSID) is
published whenever operationally required or officially published in
the AIP and displays engine out procedures to be followed after take
off for the individual customer and/or ACFT type. The layout is based
on the SID, slightly differing in format or layout.
The Standard Instrument Departure Chart (SID) displays the
published departure routes and procedures. The textual description
for the procedure is separated from the plan view and available in
the Standard Instrument Departure Procedure Text (SIDPT).
SID Transitions, where officially published as continuation of SIDs,
may be charted in two different ways:
• either integrated within the SID chart; or
• on separate SID Transition charts.
The SIDPT is organized accordingly.
The Standard Instrument Departure Procedure Text (SIDPT) provides
the textual description of the SID procedures wherever published in
the respective AIP. The SIDPT is organized in three columns: SID,
ROUTING, ALTITUDES. The content of the SID text page corresponds
to the procedures on the SID charts.
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1568883
*1568883*
LAT General Part
03-OCT-2019
Arrival Charts
The Standard Arrival Route Chart (STAR) displays the published
arrival routes and procedures. The STARs are generally published
without a textual description. If however a textual description is
necessary it is either printed on the chart plan view or on a separate
STAR procedure text page.
STAR Transitions, where officially published as connection between
AWY structure and STARs, may be charted in two different ways:
• either integrated within the STAR chart; or
• on separate STAR Transition charts.
The Minimum Radar vectoring Chart (MRC) provides radar vectoring

sectors with associated minimum altitudes wherever available in
official sources e.g. AIP.
Approach Charts
The Instrument Approach Chart (IAC) supports pilots during approach
and missed approach. The IAC provides a sophisticated approach
profile for vertical navigation, detailed information for conduct of a
constant descent for non precision approaches, detailed RWY
information and approach minima.
Approach Transitions, where officially published as connection
between STAR endpoints and the Instrument Approach Procedures,
may be charted in two different ways:
• either integrated within the IAC for the best approach (usually
the ILS) to each RWY; or
• as RNAV Transitions or conventional Transitions on separate
IAC Transition charts.
When approach transitions usable for all approaches are integrated
in the best approach IAC, the AOI will provide a respective
information.
The Visual Approach Chart (VAC) supports official visual procedures
providing detailed information about manmade and topographical
features within the visual maneuvering area. No vertical profile is
shown for visual procedures. Visual approach minima are listed at
the lower end of the VAC.
Special Chart Header

In all parts of the manual a special color code is used to identify temporary or company information.
Special coloring appears as hatching in chart labels, as border marking on text pages or as color coded
charts. Temporary charts are shown with white stripes on the respective chart type color. Company text
information is either marked with a yellow stripe or printed on yellow paper.
The following colors are used:
Temporary charts (Tempo) are produced when chart NOTAM cannot describe temporary changes to Lido
charts.
Tailored or customized charts always carry the logo of the respective customer in the page frame.
Any customer defined information being displayed on the charts is shown in magenta color (except for
customized minima).
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1568883

General Part
LAT
03-OCT-2019
Page Frame Information
Effective_20-AUG-2015 Switzerland Zurich Zurich Switzerland
SID
SID
13-AUG-2015 ¡RNAV SIDs RWY 14¯ ¡RNAV SIDs RWY 14¯
ZRH-LSZH 4-10 RNAV SIDs RWY 10 RNAV SIDs RWY 10
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1568884
*1568884*
LAT General Part
03-OCT-2019
Airport IATA Code Followed by Airport Identifier
1 Airports without an IATA code will be shown as N/A, e.g. N/A - CTP9. The airport identifier is usually
an ICAO location indicator. For airports without ICAO location indicators, this identifier will be a locally
used aerodrome location indicator.
Revision Date
Charts are distributed on the revision date and become valid for operational use immediately unless
2 the chart also contains an effective date. The revision date applies to all charts on a single sheet of
paper. Not all charts on a sheet will have necessarily been modified for the revision date. Charts
containing changed content can be identified by referencing the chart change remark.
Effective Date
The effective date is the date the chart becomes valid for operational use. Charts with an effective
date shall not be used prior to the this date. Charts without an effective date are immediately usable
for operational use.
3 Temporary Effective Date
Temporary charts that require an effective date display the date
followed by the abbreviation UFN to indicate that the chart will expire
in the future. Temporary charts will be cancelled by a revised list of
effective pages or chart NOTAM.
B/C Approach Category Minima
4 A blue circle containing the letter "B" indicates that an IAC has landing minima for approach category
B and C aircraft . Standard IACs do not contain this symbol and contain minima for approach category
C and D aircraft.
Country
5
The country where the airport is located.
Chapter and Page Number
The first number is the chapter corresponding to the specific chart type. The second number is the
6 page number. Standard page numbers increment by 10 for each page. For example, a standard IAC
chapter may contain the following pages; 7-10, 7-20, 7-30, etc. When necessary, a temporary chart
may be placed between pages (e.g. 7-15).
City Name
7
The name of the city where the airport is located.
Airport Name
8 If the name of an airport is different from the city name, then the airport name is displayed next to the
city name. The airport name is omitted from the chart when it is the same as the city name.
9 Chart Title
Chart Type
10
The chart type identifier is displayed with the corresponding chart type color code.
Company Logo
11 Charts containing a company logo have been tailored to the company's specific requirements. Charts
without a company logo are standard Lido charts.
12 Copyright Notice
USA Amendment Number
13 The amendment number is displayed only for procedures developed by the United States. This
number corresponds to the officially published procedure amendment number.
Minima Calculation Standard
14 The minima calculation standard logo indicates what type of minima is displayed in the minima
section of an IAC.
Sheet Identification Number
15
The sheet identification number provides a unique number identifying the chart.
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1568884

General Part
LAT
24-JUN-2021
Change Remark
The change remark provides a summary of what has changed since
the last version of the chart.
16
The change remark "Nil" indicates that the chart contents were not
modified in the current printing of the sheet.
Reverse page title on A5+ paper charts.

17
The content of the reverse page is indicated for paper manual users.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1794625
*1794625*
LAT General Part
24-JUN-2021
1.2 Charting Standards
For complete information consult the latest chart NOTAM for all chart types.
Chart NOTAM for terminal charts are published in the Lido Aerodrome Change Bulletin, and for RFCs in the
Lido RFC Bulletin. The publication may be organized in different ways and publication media depending on
customer needs.
The content shown in the Lido Route Manual is based on the best available official source (e.g. AIP),
nevertheless some supplemental customer information especially for US airports may have been incorporated
in Lido Route Manual charts and/or text pages if deemed useful for all customers.
Charting of SID, STAR and IAC
a) ICAO Regions Europe (EUR) and Middle East (MID)
Charted only for runways having a TORA/LDA of at least 1200m / 4000ft and a width of at least 30m /
100ft;
b) Rest of the World
Charted only for runways having a TORA/LDA of at least 1500m / 5000ft and a width of at least 30m /
100ft.
1.2.1 Information Intentionally Omitted from Lido Route Manual Terminal Charts
• RNAV procedures set to "not-trusted" in Lido Navigation Database (due to missing procedure details,
obvious errors in official publication, etc.)
Note: A Chart NOTAM will provide this information.
• Procedures for exclusive military use (e.g. TACAN or High TACAN procedures), or procedure parts like
MISAP extensions to be used by TACAN equipped MIL ACFT types.
• Operator-specific procedures published in official source (non-public and/or proprietary procedures)
• Restricted Canada Air Pilot (RCAP) procedures
• Microwave Landing System (MLS) procedures
• Direction Finding (DF) and VHF Direction Finding (VDF) approach procedures
• Transponder Landing System (TLS) approach procedures
• Radiotechnical Short-Range Navigation System (RSBN) approaches (published at some domestic
Russian airports)
• GNSS, VOR or VOR DME based sector approach or arrival procedures published for example in
Australia and Malaysia
• Airspace types like CTR, TMA, CTA, UTA etc. as well as typical VFR restricted airspace like
Transponder Mandatory Zones (TMZ) or Radio Mandatory Zones (RMZ)
• Diverse Vector Areas (DVA) as published on FAA VFR charts
• Helicopter procedures
• Bird concentration charts or similar charts
• Procedures restricted to ICAO approach category A aircraft with MAX 5.7t AUW
• International standard procedure notes for SIDs and missed approach procedures such as:
"follow ATC instructions, "as directed by ATC", "contact ATC", "in case of missed approach inform
ATC immediately", etc.
• MEHT of VGSI systems
• Notes such as "BACK COURSE" for LOC BC procedures
• Notes such as "GPS required" for approaches titled RNAV (GPS)
© Lido 2021
• RNAV (GNSS) authorization requirement notes
Sheet 1794625

General Part
LAT
24-JUN-2021
• GBAS or GLS authorization requirement notes
• ILS CAT II /CAT III special aircrew and aircraft certification required notes
a • Operational Autoland (AL) restrictions stemming possibly from the ILS classification of a particular ILS
are by intention omitted. Autoland (AL) restrictions published in source documents are always shown.
• PCN values for taxiways
• Parking position wingspan restrictions (Note)
• Parking position load bearing capacity (AUW) restrictions (Note)
• Ground energy systems available at parking positions, e.g. GPU.
• Parking position assignment plans (matrix type) (Note)
• Restrictions on local training procedures, e.g. time limits for simulated Cat 2/3 training
• Engine out procedures on SIDs and MISAPs
• Visual Climb Over Airport (VCOA) procedures where published at some US airports
Note: Same rule applies for parking positions used for de-icing (de-icing positions)
1.2.2 Declared Distances on Ground Charts and Landing Runway System Sketches
AGCs are drawn to scale, except otherwise indicated in the corner of the chart. Airport movement areas such
as taxiways and apron areas will depict the data and movement areas as published in official sources (e.g.
AIP). Accuracy of AIP graphic layout cannot be assured by Lido. Declared distance data such as TODA, TORA,
a ASDA and SWY distances published as numerical value in Lido AGCs are verified. Same applies to LDA values
shown in Landing Runway System sketches and if required within the AOI.
a It is not recommended to derive performance related data such as intersection TORA or LDA to TWY or RWY
intersections by measurement taken from a ground chart.
d
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1794626
*1794626*
LAT General Part
24-JUN-2021
1.2.3 Frequency Distribution on Charts
COM FREQs are published as operationally required for the purpose of the chart type.
The matrix below provides a general overview of the COM FREQ distribution per chart type.
Chart ATIS TWR GND APN De- Fire APP DIR APP (DEP)
Type\ DLV icing ARR (ARR) DEP
Service PDC RAD RAD (DEP)
DCL Krug DIR (DEP)
Krug
AOI x
AFC x x x x x x x
AGC x x x x x
APC x x x x x
LVC x x x x x
SID x
SIDPT x
STAR x x x
IAC x x x (x) (x)
Only for Only where
Transitions, operationally
when required
integrated
on IAC
VAC x x x
MRC
Note 1: Special regional or local FREQs may be added as required.
Note 2: ARCAL, RCO, RDO, UNICOM, ACC, CTL or Center are shown only on AFC, AGC, SID, STAR and/or
IAC if required, or if providing DEP, ARR or GND service at an uncontrolled or part-time
uncontrolled AD.
GCO is shown on AGC, APC, LVC and AFC at uncontrolled or part-time towered airports.
Note 3: TWR FREQs may be added to SID and/or STAR charts when no other type of service is provided.
1.2.4 Bearing / Track / Distance

Bearings and tracks shown on charts are magnetic, distances are given in nautical miles (NM). All values on
terminal procedures defining a direction (0° - 360°) are magnetic tracks. Any magnetic headings as well as
radials are specifically mentioned.
For airways on terminal charts and on RFCs all figures defining a direction (0° - 360°) are to be interpreted as
magnetic tracks or radials if the relevant segments are defined by a VOR/VOR DME.
1.2.5 Speed Range of Published Procedures
All speeds indicated are based on IAS except otherwise mentioned.
For the graphical depiction of procedures on the relevant Lido charts, performance assumptions are
incorporated as follows:
SIDs and the missed approach segments on IACs climb procedures are based on an average all engine climb
rate of 500ft/NM (8.3%) based on a ground speed of 200KT (analogous to FMS Database standards). These
Lido charting values do not correspond to MIN/MAX climb/descent rates used for procedure design according
ICAO or FAA standards. Arrival procedures are based on a ground speed of 250KT and initial approaches on
IACs are based on a ground speed of 210KT, unless other specific restrictions are given.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1794626

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
1.2.6 Charting Tolerances
Every attempt will be made to maintain all Lido Route Manual documents up-to-date on the basis of the latest
official information available.
Last minute changes or temporary amendments, as well as corrections of inadvertent errors, are published in
Chart NOTAM. In substantiated cases, temporary documents may be provided additionally.
Since a substantial part of the data contained in the Lido Route Manual documents is derived from multiple
official sources which may have used different calculation methods to determine the data, minor
discrepancies may occasionally exist, in particular concerning:
• Tracks
• Distances
• Geographical coordinates
• Elevation figures
All tracks, radials, bearings (QDM and QDR values) and distance values indicated in the Lido Route Manual
are recalculated by Lido and derived out of the certified Lido FMS Database. Calculation is strictly based on
official NAVAID and waypoint coordinates taking into account the applicable station declination and variation
for the respective segment. FMS coding may require the coding of an e.g. Course to Intercept (CI leg) where
state source may have published a constant turn to intercept the next flight segment. Lido will show the FMS
flight track in most of those cases to depict a more realistic flight path. All values indicated are cross-
checked with State publications prior to publication. Slight discrepancies may occur in comparison to official
State published values. Where acceptable tolerances are exceeded, clarifications with State authorities have
been conducted.
To avoid unjustified reissues of Lido Route Manual documents solely for the purpose of resolving such minor
discrepancies, no amendments are being made as long as the differences provided for the same item on
different documents do not exceed the following values:
• Tracks: 1° (May not apply to all chart types)
• Distances: 1NM (May not apply to all chart types)
• Geographical coordinates: 1 Minute
• Elevation figures: 1ft
• Runway dimensions: 1ft / 1m
1.2.7 Lido Route Manual and Lido FMS Database Consistency

Waypoint Sequence and Identifier
Some Instrument Procedures may be published officially without any consideration for FMS coding rules and
FMS/FMC functionalities. In order to make those procedures available in the FMS database and/or to achieve
desired ACFT behavior and compliance with ARINC 424 standards, those coding sequences may deviate from
the published procedure. This may include the addition of non-published waypoints (i.e. coding of an
additional waypoint to serve as FACF), or the coding of non-published properties of published waypoints (i.e.
fly-over VS fly-by). Lido charts depict mainly the published procedure as intended by the publishing authority
and omit the depiction of FMS/FMC driven additions in the database. Unnamed locations (waypoints) in
source publications, i.e. DME fixes, intercept points etc. required to be coded for FMS database use may have
been charted and coded differently in past because of FMC database size limitations. This practice has been
stopped, because such FMC database size limitations no longer apply. However, until all procedures have
been revised in the FMS database, the explanation below may still apply:
a) FMS coding: Unnamed locations (e.g. “D2.8 ABC”) of conventional procedures located at the identical
position of a named waypoint (e.g. “AB123”) for a PBN procedure, may be replaced for FMS database
coding for the conventional approach procedure with the named waypoint used for the PBN
procedure.
b) Charting: The Lido Route Manual will show the unnamed location (waypoint), e.g. “D2.8 ABC”, for the
conventional approach and the named waypoint (e.g. “AB123”) for the PBN approach.
© Lido 2022
Background Information
Sheet 1926636
*1926636*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
The reduction of multiple fixes to one fix in the FMS database is mainly done for the reason of:
• FMC database size and waypoint count reduction; and
• To avoid the display of multiple fix labels at the same position on the NAV display.
Example
A charted DME fix (e.g. “D2.8 ABC”) of a conventional procedure may be replaced in FMS coding with a
named RNAV waypoint (e.g. “AB123”) only if both locations are identical.
Extract from FMS Coding Rules - Multiple Fixes at the Same Location
If multiple fixes at the same location are published for different procedures, only one location should be
used according to the following priority:
a) RNAV waypoint <> unnamed DME fix (with coordinates in source): RNAV waypoint is used;
b) Named conventional intersection <> unnamed DME fix (with coordinates in source): Named
intersection is used;
c) RNAV waypoint <> runway location: RW THR is coded.
Note:
In all other cases (e.g. a named conventional intersection at the same location as an RNAV waypoint, or a
named waypoint and a NAVAID), both fixes are coded as published for the individual procedures.
a Departure End of RWY Waypoint

a Sometimes no turns before Departure End of Runway (DER) are required. Where the DER is coded in the FMS
using the opposite runway THR, the FMS processors require the opposite THR to be converted to the DER
with the applicable RWY end designator. In these cases the coded opposite threshold is converted from e.g.
"RW06" or "RWY06R" to read "DE" followed by the RWY designator, e.g. "DE24" or "DE24L". The charted
SID and SIDPT however will chart in those cases according to source as "DER".
SID/STAR/Transition Identifier
Published SID, STAR and Transition procedure designators may need to be shortened for FMS database
coding due to ARINC 424 field size limitations. The shortening of the procedure identifier is performed in
accordance with ARINC 424 naming convention rules.
Extract from FMS Coding Rules - Procedure Identifier
a) The officially published procedure identifier is used. If the official identifier is longer than 6
characters for SIDs and STARs or longer than 5 characters for Transitions, the last letter in the fix
name is omitted;
b) For a procedure identifier based on a NAVAID, the NAVAID identifier is used.
Examples: Source Database

BODAN 2B BODA2B
SAFFA 5G SAFF5G
Zurich East 3Y ZUE3Y
a Waypoint Sequencing
a Some FMS processors have a limitation where by IF-TF path terminator sequences at the beginning of SID
coding, might be processed in a way that leaves out the IF path terminator. The SID and SIDPT will still
however show the IF-TF sequence. Consequently what is the second waypoint on the SID/SIDPT might be the
first waypoint in the FMS database.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926636

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
1.2.8 Connecting Airways / ATS Routes on Terminal Charts
Where no SIDs and STARs are published, AFCs may show complete airway and ATS route information where
required to serve the airport as Area chart type.
STAR and SID charts in countries like Germany will show connecting airways (ATS routes) officially published
as long as these routes are used as transition airways/ATS-routes for departures and arrivals to/from these
aerodromes.
1.2.9 Differentiation Between Official and Lido / Company Specific Information
Company specific information integrated as Lido calculated values shown in charts are depicted in italic fonts
to differentiate this information from official data/values.
Examples for data/values shown with italics:
Lido calculated values such as all MGAs, all MTCAs, all high spots, some DME values, some advisory descent
altitudes as well as company information or Lido calculated values integrated within official text pages such
as AOIs, SIDPTs etc.
Note: Company derived information added to tailored charts can be differentiated on request with
magenta color.
Company information in text publications of the Lido Route Manual such as General Part, RSI and CRAR, is
represented in gray font in order to differentiate official information from company information. Company
tailored pages carry a company logo.
1.2.10 Distances
Declared distances and runway dimensions in the runway description sections of AFCs and IACs and the
values provided on AGC/APC are given in meters or in feet depending on the Lido Route Manual version. For
the version featuring feet values the suffix ”STF” is shown in inverted print in the sheet ID at the bottom of
each page.
⇒ Legends and Tables General Information 7 Unit Conversions and Tables
1.2.11 Elevations / Altitudes / Obstructions
Elevations and altitudes are given in feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL). High points and obstructions are
shown according to official documents.
When several points or obstructions are close to each other, the highest ones are selected if required to omit
clutter in the chart. All official notes for high terrain and obstructions are given. Values calculated by Lido are
printed in italic font.
1.2.12 Hours of Operation
All hours of operation of radio aids, aerodromes, air traffic control units, etc. are indicated in UTC (UTC, GMT,
or Z not shown).
In countries applying daylight saving time these times shall be adjusted during the relevant period.
The double dagger symbol “‡” indicates that during periods of Daylight Saving Time (DST), effective HRs will
be one hour earlier than shown.
Times given in local time are followed by the letters “LT”.
⇒ Legends and Tables General Information 7.13 World Local Times
1.2.13 Procedures
Flight patterns of low and high level holdings and procedures are presented by standard symbols - not to
scale.
If a racetrack approach procedure altitude or minimum sector altitude (MSA) is higher than the initial
approach altitude, and if not otherwise instructed the descent is to be made within the holding procedure
area.
Approach procedures indicated on instrument approach charts (IAC) are only authorized if corresponding
© Lido 2022
minima are given.
Sheet 1926637
*1926637*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
Values calculated by Lido are printed in italic font.
Alternate planning minima: Lido Route Manual charts do by intention not show any alternate planning
minima.
⇒ Navigation General Information 3 Approach Types
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 5 Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircraft Operations (PANS-
OPS) (ICAO Doc 8168)
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 6 FAA TERPS Procedure Design Criteria
1.2.14 Radar Approach Procedures
Precision Approach Radar (PAR) and Secondary Surveillance Radar Approach (SRA) procedure details are
charted as follows:
PAR and SRA minima are included and combined on the most suitable straight in approach procedure leading
to the same runway. If the final approach course or the missed approach procedure differs from any other
procedure to that runway a combination with other procedures cannot be used and the radar approach will be
charted on a separate IAC.
If a radar approach is the only approach to a runway the procedure will be charted as a separate IAC. If there
are both an PAR and an SRA approach officially published to one runway, then only the PAR approach will be
charted.
1.2.15 Temporary Charts
Temporary (Tempo) charts are produced when chart NOTAM cannot describe official temporary changes to
Lido charts. Tempo charts are numbered and sorted in front of the permanent valid chart. Due to the
numbering of permanent AGCs (normally 3-20 as reverse page of AFC with 2-10) Tempo AGCs are sorted
after the permanent chart. The use of Tempo charts is triggered by an additional Chart NOTAM. Tempo charts
reference the official source in a box in the chart plan view.
1.2.16 Official Notes on Procedure Status
Procedure charts may show additional Notes in plan view providing official information on the procedures
status such as:
• Procedure requires specific authorization from respective National Aviation Authority (NAA)
• Procedure on trial
• Procedure on test
• Procedure on experimental basis
• Procedure for training only
• Procedure to be used on own or on pilots discretion
• Procedure available O/R to ATC only
• Similarly restricted procedures
1.2.17 Topography Depiction

The topography depiction in the Lido Route Manual, the calculation of Minimum Grid Altitudes (MGA) and
Minimum Terrain Clearance Altitudes (MTCA) is generated out of the Lido worldwide digital terrain database,
based mainly on NASA's Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM) derived elevation model. The database is
maintained as required and cross-checked against reference data to achieve highest quality standards.
Vertical safety buffers were added as required based on the individual maximum vertical error for each terrain
source dataset for calculation of MGAs and MTCAs.
Man-made obstacle data shown on Lido Route Manual charts are derived mainly from AIPs or similar official
data sources and are certified by EASA.
Both terrain and obstacle databases are taken into account for calculation of MGAs and MTCAs.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926637

General Part
LAT
09-DEC-2021
2 Airport Information
2.1 Airport Operational Information (AOI)

The AOI contains a textual description of airport operational information. It also lists differences from
standards that are applicable to an entire country.
Where no information is published for a specific topic, the respective titles are omitted.
If a separate AOI chapter is not required for a certain airport, a remark is added on the Airport Facility Chart
(AFC) accordingly.
Standard AOI Content
1 GENERAL
The general section of the AOI provides generic information relating to both arrival and departure phases of
flight.
1.1 Operational Hours
1.1.1 ATS Hours
ATS hours in UTC.
1.1.2 AD OPS Hours
AD OPS hours in UTC (when required, further differentiated between AD OPS, AD Activity, AD Operator and/or
AD ADMIN hours.)
Note: "AD Operator" and/or "AD ADMIN" hours as published in some countries cannot be treated as
AD Operational hours, but may be provided in addition to ATS hours in order to provide
information about back office availability for providing OPS exceptions e.g. PPR, PN etc.
1.1.1 Night Restrictions
Information related to older ACFT operated under ICAO Annex 16, Volume 1, Part II, Chapter 2 is omitted by
intention.
1.2 Airport Information
1.2.1 RFF
⇒ Aerodromes General Information 4 Rescue and Firefighting (RFF)
1.2.1.1 Fire FREQ
Where designated and accessible for ACFT on ground.
1.2.2 Fuel
Jet A-1 or when not available at AD other jet fuel type, service HR and any specific fuelling requirements.
1.2.3 PCN
⇒ Aerodromes General Information 5.2 Strength of Pavements (ACN-PCN)
"O/R" is displayed if PCN, LCN and runway bearing strength information is unavailable.
1.2.4 Runway Surface Condition Reporting
Local specials related to the reporting of runway surface conditions and where runways are approved to be
reported as a "SPECIALLY PREPARED WINTER RWY".
1.2.5 Customs
Customs hours in UTC
1.3 Runway, Taxiway and Apron Restrictions
Restrictions will be separated under the following titles, provided in a table where necessary.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1856593
*1856593*
LAT General Part
09-DEC-2021
1.3.1 Runway Restrictions
Restrictions relating to the RWY operations e.g. MTOW, turn pad restrictions, back tracking.
1.3.2 Taxiway Restrictions
Restrictions relating to taxiing operations e.g. wingspan, speed, widths and unknown widths.
1.3.3 Apron Restrictions
Restrictions to apron movements e.g. Follow-me availability, marshaller availability, guidance systems.
1.4 Operation
1.4.1 Geodetic Reference Datum

“Non-WGS-84 complaint airport” is shown for all non-compliant airports.
1.4.2 Requirements for Operators
Local specials that ultimately influence the required qualification of pilots.
1.4.3 RNAV SIDs/STARs Equipment / Certification Requirements
1.4.4 Traffic Notes
Miscellaneous information regarding non-SKED flights, ALTN usage restrictions, ACFT type prohibitions, PPR
notice requirements, requirements during MIL activity, RWY & APCH lights activation when TWR closed,
Preferential approach procedures, cold weather restrictions.
1.4.5 Wake Turbulence Separation
Generic application of RECAT US or EU when officially published together with differences to FAA and EU
standards applied at the local airport level. Specific arrival or departure information will be provided in the
corresponding section.
1.4.6 Preferential Runways
LDG and DEP RWY to be used with the specific time period.
1.4.7 Runway Status Lights (RWSL)
Additional information to the AGC depiction of RWSL.
1.4.8 Transponder Operation
Transponder operations on the ground, including transponder mode S specials. Cross reference to CRAR is
shown where a countrywide standard is in force.
1.4.9 Adverse Weather Conditions
Special GND operations and specific procedures applied that affect pilot operations at an airport. Direct
instructions to pilots and ground crews to be adhered to. Where available, different warning levels are
defined.
1.4.10 High Intensity Runway Operations (HIRO)
Used to optimize separation of ACFT in the final approach in order to minimise Runway Occupancy Time
(ROT). Information related to both ARR and DEP traffic. Specific arrival or departure information will be
provided in the corresponding section.
1.4.11 Minimum Runway Occupancy Time (MROT)
Generic information provided here in the General section. Specific arrival or departure information will be
provided in the corresponding section.
1.4.12 Reduced Runway Separation Minima between Aircraft Using the Same Runway
Specific RWYs applying reduced separation listed and the minimum spacing distance applied locally if
different to ICAO Standards.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.12.2 Reduced Runway Separation Minima Between Aircraft Using
the Same Runway
Any specific arrival or departure related information will be provided in the corresponding section.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1856593

General Part
LAT
09-DEC-2021
1.4.13 Hot Spots
Textual descriptions of Hot Spots are provided in a tabular format. Where the description of Hot Spots are
shown on the AGC, it shall not be published in the AOI.
1.4.14 Standard Taxi Routes / Preferred Taxi Routes
All routes regardless of whether they are solely arrival or departure related are shown here under the General
section. Where clear, arrival and departure are separated and differentiated by the use of a title.
1.4.15 Fuel Dumping Areas
Descriptive text of the area location. Provided possibly with distance from a specific NAVAID, or radius around
it.
1.4.16 VOR Test Facility (VOT)
Provided with the NAVAID frequency.
1.5 Noise Abatement Procedures (NAP)
General rules concerning local specials for Noise Abatement Procedures (NAP) applicable to both arrival and
departure, such as flight prohibition in a particular area, overflight restrictions, APU usage restrictions and
engine run-up areas.
1.6 Low Visibility Procedures (LVP)
General rules concerning local specials for Low Visibility Procedures (LVP) applicable to both arrival and
departure. Where it is officially published that the airport does not have LVPs, "LVP not AVBL at AD" is
written. How LVPs are reported as activated, are omitted by intention. RVR reporting points are also omitted
but provided on the AGC.
1.7 Warnings
1.7.1 Areas of Restricted Visibility

Areas where pilots must pay closer attention and exercise caution in areas of restricted visibility from the
TWR. This may also be used in conjunction with the graphical depiction on the AGC and LVC when officially
published in the AIP or equivalent sources.
1.7.2 Arresting Gear Systems
Information will include type, location of systems, activation HR and OPS restrictions for civil aircraft.
1.7.3 Caution Notes
Where officially available, local warnings or dangers at and around the airport.
1.7.4 Emergency Frequency
If 121.500 is not available at the airport this shall be mentioned. Where a different frequency is used for
emergencies, this information will be shown.
1.7.5 NAVAID Restrictions
NAVAIDs mentioned are those that are operating for example on test only, ground checked only or possibly
without a flight check. Maintenance periods (outage periods) are also shown. Areas of restricted coverage are
omitted by intention.
2 ARRIVAL
2.1 Speed
All generic arrival speed restrictions. Procedure specific related restrictions are shown with the STAR and not
in the AOI.
2.2 Communication
Special communication procedures for IFR flights only in the arrival phase. In some U.S. airports, where
officially published, IFR flight plan cancelation telephone numbers are included in this section.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1856594
*1856594*
LAT General Part
09-DEC-2021
2.3 Communication Failure
Arrival related deviations from ICAO Standard which are airport specific communication failure procedures.
Where official country specific communication failure procedures are published, a cross reference to the
respective CRAR is written. Special communication failure procedures during MISAP are shown when IAC
MISAP text shows “RCF: see AOI”.
2.4 Arrival Procedure

Description of the local specials in the arrival phase of flight that ultimately influence the required
qualification of pilots.
2.4.2 FMS RNAV Transitions
Instructional guidance to follow.
2.4.3 Continuous Descent Operations (CDO)
Conditions imposed to perform CDO.
2.4.4 Continuous Descent Approach (CDA)
Conditions imposed to perform CDA
2.4.5 Traffic Pattern
VFR Traffic Pattern when deviating from the standard pattern or when local MNM/MAX altitudes are
published.
2.4.6 Simultaneous Close Parallel Approaches
Special procedures with Precision Runway Monitor (PRM) that are published with additional information
relating to the instrument approach charts, such as:
• Possible weather requirements;
• COM requirements;
• RWY specials.
2.4.7 Missed Approach Requirements
2.4.7.1 Balked Landing / Missed Approach after MAPt Procedure
The textual description of the official balked landing procedure. A cross reference can be found in the IAC
Profile beneath the MISAP text.
2.4.7.2 Loss of RNAV Capability
Where space is lacking on the respective IAC, a cross reference is made to the AOI and shown here for
special procedures in case of loss of RNAV capability.
2.4.8 Visual Approach
Specific requirements other than VMC.
2.4.9 Point Merge System (PMS)
A cross reference to the Lido General Part NAV chapter when applied at an airport for arrivals.
2.4.10 Critical DME, DME Gap and Inappropriate NAVAIDs for DME/DME/IRU Navigation on RNAV
STARs/IACs
2.4.11 Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO)
Countries applying LAHSO where crossing RWYs are used simultaneously. Requirements for pilots shall be
shown where necessary in a tabular format including information such as the hold short point and available
LDG distance.
Local specials concerning arrival related MROT procedures.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1856594

General Part
LAT
09-DEC-2021
2.4.13 High Intensity Runway Operation (HIRO)
Arrival related HIRO information.
Local specials concerning reduced RWY separation for arrivals.
2.4.15 Non-Standard GP Intercept Position on RWY
The intercept position of the GP and RWY if this position is more than 1000ft / 305m beyond the landing THR.
In addition, the remaining distance between GP intercept position on the RWY and roll out end of RWY is
provided. This information is included for use with specific landing performance software and should not be
used to replace the official LDA displayed on AFCs and IACs.
2.4.16 Wake Turbulence Recategorization (RECAT)
Arrival related RECAT information.
2.4.17 Aiming Point Marking
Non-standard location from THR when deviating +/-20m/66ft from ICAO standard position.
2.4.18 Flight Planning Arrival
Flight planning restrictions which are of no direct procedural impact but relevant for the selection of the
appropriate STAR.
2.4.19 Additional Arrival Information
Additional arrival procedure information that is not specifically related to any of the arrival procedure titles
above.
Arrival rules concerning local specials for Noise Abatement Procedures, NAP related Continuous Descent
Operation and Continuous Descent Approach restrictions, Arrival APU restrictions, reverse thrust usage.
Arrival rules concerning local specials for Low Visibility Procedures.

2.7 Warnings
2.7.1 Caution Notes

Wind and turbulence warnings, overflight warnings, e.g. moderate turbulence on final APCH with winds in
excess of 20KT.
• GP/ LOC restrictions and limitations such as ILS DME coverage limitations, e.g. ILS 10: GP is
unreliable below 1000ft.
• VASI/PAPI system restrictions and limitations, e.g. PAPI 04L unusable beyond 3.8NM;
This section also provides when required an overflow or additional explanations to caution and warning notes
found in the STAR and ARRIVAL charts.
3 DEPARTURE
3.1 Take-off Minima
⇒ Legends and Tables General Information 2.1.1 Take-Off Minima Table

3.2 Speed
Non-procedure related speed restrictions applicable for departures.

© Lido 2021
3.3 Communication
Sheet 1856595
*1856595*
LAT General Part
09-DEC-2021
Special communication procedures applicable for departures.
3.4 Communication Failure
Deviations from ICAO Standard and phone numbers, if available.

3.5 Start-up Procedures
3.5.1 Start-Up/Push-Back
Airport specific procedures to be followed by the pilot.
3.5.2 ATC Slot and Clearance
Specific procedures how and when to request an ATC clearance. Clearance Delivery telephone numbers are
included when available at some U.S. airports.
3.5.3 Airport Collaborative Decision Making (CDM)
European Airport Collaborative Decision Making. Where available, and different to the standard European
Airport CDM procedure below:
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.13.4 Airport Collaborative Decision Making (A-CDM)
3.5.4 Data Link Departure Clearance (DCL)
“DCL available”, followed by any pilot relevant restrictions that deviate from the standard.
3.5.5 Pre-Departure Clearance (PDC)
“PDC available”, followed by any pilot relevant restrictions that deviate from the standard.
a 3.5.6 Pre-Taxi Clearance (PTC)
a When available at some remote Canadian airports; "PTC available", followed by any local specials and a
cross-reference to the Canadian CRAR.
3.5.7 Gate Hold Procedure
Specific details and procedures concerning departure from the gate.
3.5.8 Oceanic Clearance
Specific procedures or restrictions related to obtaining an oceanic clearance.
3.6 Departure Procedure

Describing the local specials in the departure phase of flight, that ultimately influence the qualification of
pilots required.
Local specials concerning departure related MROT procedures.
3.6.3 High Intensity Runway Operation (HIRO)
Departure related HIRO information.
Local specials concerning reduced RWY separation for departures.
3.6.5 Intersection Take-off
Indication of when and where intersection take-off is not permitted.
3.6.6 Remote Hold
Including details such as the ACFT type limitations, availability times, special start-up procedures.
3.6.7 Simultaneous Departures
Descriptive details for the simultaneous departure movements.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1856595

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
3.6.8 Special Departure Procedures
Departure procedures or additional restrictions for SIDs not shown on the SIDPT pages, which are neither
NAP or flight planning restrictions. e.g. Procedures to follow if unable to comply with MNM climb gradients.
3.6.9 Critical DME, DME Gap for DME/DME/IRU Navigation on RNAV SIDs
3.6.10 Wake Turbulence Recategorization (RECAT)
Departure related RECAT information.
3.6.11 Flight Planning Departure
Flight planning restrictions which are of no direct procedural impact but relevant for the selection of the
appropriate SID.
3.6.12 Additional Departure Information
Additional departure procedure information that is not specifically related to any of the departure procedure
titles above.
3.7 De-icing
De-icing will be mentioned for the following ICAO regions:

Code Region
B Polar and Kosovo
C Canada
E Northern Europe
K Contiguous United States
L Southern Europe
PA Alaska
R East Asia
U Former Soviet Union
Z China/Mongolia/North Korea
Airports in these regions with no de-icing published will show “not published”. Airports outside these regions
will omit de-icing by intention, unless officially published. De-icing OPS hours will be shown when officially
published.
Departure rules concerning local specials for Noise Abatement Procedures including:
• Departure APU restrictions
• Non-standard local TKOF restrictions.
Departure rules concerning local specials for Low Visibility Procedures.

3.10 Warnings
3.10.1 Caution Notes

Take-off and departure related warning and caution notes
This section also provides when required an overflow or additional explanations to caution and warning notes
found in the SID and DEPARTURE charts.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917519
*1917519*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
2.1.1 Take-Off Minima Table
Take-off minima are located at the beginning of the AOI DEPARTURE section. The lowest permissible minima
charted are based on the higher of EASA OPS, FARs regulations and local requirements. Furthermore Lido
takes into account the prescribed MAX switch over time requirements for RWY lighting systems as shown in
Table 8-1 of ICAO Annex 14, VOL I for take-off minima below 800m RVR/VIS. Operators may need to obtain
the appropriate approval first to use the lowest permissible minima as charted.
Note: For U.S. and Canadian ADs, specifications given to each individual operator by the FAA or CAA
grant the lowest authorized minima to be used. Without a valid set of OpSpecs an operator will
receive standard U.S. or Canadian take-off minima.
c Corrections required for temporarily failed or downgraded ground equipment (e.g. RCLL u/s) are provided in
the RAR section, except as otherwise stated in the table. (e.g. For other conditions see CRAR)
a If a local Authority publishes Country Specific Take-off minima tables that differ in requirements and/or
values from Standard a "Country Specific Take-off minima table" will be published in CRAR section. The
Country Specific Take-off minima table values will be as well based on the higher of EASA OPS, FARs
regulations and local requirements.
Take-off Minima Table Example (explanation in italics)
The following take-off minima table is a fictional example for demonstration only.
RWY 16, 29 Runway(s)
Aircraft types: Unit of measure: Take-off minima: Non-standard
ICAO type, or number of Ceiling - RVR/VIS Ceiling - RVR (R) and/or Requirements:
engines VIS (V) Climb gradient, day light,
etc. (a dash indicates
standard requirements)
A, B, C ft - m/km 0 - 125R -
D 0 - 400R/400V HJ only
3+4 ENG ft - ft/SM 1800 - 3.0V MNM climb gradient
3.8% up to 2400
The non-standard requirements column is omitted when not needed for an airport. When the non-standard
requirements column is omitted standard requirements apply.
Climb Gradients
In cases where more than one take-off minimum is officially published for a particular runway and one of
them is dependent on a specific initial climb gradient, then all take-off minima will be indicated except as
described below.
Exception: Climb gradient related take-off minima requiring a climb gradient of less than 7.0% up to 1500ft
AAL will not be shown. This rule only applies if the airport elevation does not exceed 5000ft and the omission
of the minima does not have a negative operational impact.
c ⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 8.5.5 Take-Off Minima
c ⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 8.5.6 Country Specific Take-Off Minima
c ⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 7.1.1 Operators Applying U.S. OpSpec Except USA
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917519

General Part General Part
LAT
LAT
05-MAR-2020
2.2 FIV Minima Page, Emergency Sketches Manual and Smart Companion
Aerodrome Information RWY Approach Type Minima RWY Approach Type Minima Circling Minima
Layout Information
GBYD-BJL (93) 10.0W VOR/NDB 400-2.0 14 32 ILS C 210-0.8 RRNM
ILS D c220-0.8 APT:
BANJUL YUNDUM INTL NDB 400-2.0 ILS CAT1 200-R2400f/V0.5s VOR: Circl Min
GAMBIA ILS 3% 3600 G 3600 ILS ACFT MAX65/7 220-0.6 0000
ATIS 119.200 25NM ILS CAT 3B 0-R75 LOC c350-1.2 Circling T:
TWR 118.300 8600 0 (DH)-R75 HL/HL HL/HL 14:
TERPS KLO(V) ILS SIDEST. 16 1660-V10.0 NDB 400-1.5 C: 850-V2.4 NewT XXXX(t) 30
TN D: 850-V3.6 NewT
AD: NON SKED ILS+DME PrefA 600-V3.2 NDB KE+F 400-V1.5 APT: XXX(t)
C: 800-V2.4 31
PPR 72HR XXX(t)
Fuel: MON-FRI 08-12 ETOPS PA c400-1.35 SRA RTR 2NM 460-1.6 D: 800-V3.6 T
SAT 13-20 ETOPS VOR c720-V2.9
SUN 08-12
else O/R ETOPS Circling c1400-V3.9
Legend
1 (AD ELEV) AD variation 17 Approach/runway light facility
2 ATIS FREQ for standard procedures and ARR only 18 Required ceiling
c 3 Procedure design based on TERPS criteria 19 Minima for ACFT with wingspan of maximum 65m, and vertical distance between the flight path
of the wheels and the glide path antenna of maximum 7m
4 All bearings are oriented towards true north 20 Radar Termination Range (RTR) and distance from RTR to landing threshold
5 ATS Hours 21 Approach facility leading down to circling minimum
6 Fuel restrictions 22 All Circling minima are according to TERPS
7 Approach procedure designator; Slash (/) means VOR or NDB approach procedure 23 Circling minima labeled with "NewT" are in accordance with the new TERPS 8260.3B CHANGE
21
8 DH/MDH - RVR/CMV/VIS 24 Required NAVAIDs
9 MISAP minimum climb gradient 25 Circling minima labeled with "T" are in accordance to the old TERPS area
10 Lowest possible ILS Cat 3 minima. (DH): application of DH required 26 RVR in feet and/or equivalent VIS in statute miles
11 Sidestep approach ILS14 with landing on RWY 16 27 Highest MSA of all airport approach procedures and sectors
12 State preflight alternate minima 28 Greatest radius of all sectors.
13 ETOPS-minima 29 Highest MSA of all airport approach procedures and sectors.
14 Runway designator 30 Center of MSA:
XXXX = identification of MSA center
(t) = MSA reference point: (V)=VOR (N)=NDB (R)=RWY-threshold (A)=Aerodrome reference point
(W)=Waypoint
15 Runway with grooved or PFC surface 31 MSA based on all given reference points
16 Landing Distance Available (LDA)
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626257
*1626257*
General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
3 Approach, Arrival and Departure Charts
3.1 Plan View

General
All terminal charts feature plan views being very similar and only having slight differences between the
different chart types. Therefore, a general explanation of all features on these plan views will be provided
followed by a detailed description of the chart specifics.
All plan views feature a topographical display, are oriented to magnetic north and provide to scale
information.
All NAVAIDs and waypoints relevant to the procedure and within the geographic coverage of the chart are
shown on departure, arrival and approach charts, unless otherwise specified in the LAT.
Airport Facility Chart (AFC) - Extract
3225
36
E012°00' R27 E012°30' E013°00'
50
58
a
46
2532
33 56
SB
6
R150 ND1-NE2
15
G
16
VO
MTA LANIA 4
a 2957
R
N48°30'
31
40
13 39
SB
f
e
338 MNW
26 14
37
GV
MNW
OR
N48 22.5 E011 54.8 TRA EFERDING
MM
11
ED
S
U
f
e 24
FIR
VV
400 MSW
S
U g
42 MSA valid within
40
LO
R150 NC1-ND1
CH
3
MSW
NI
FIR
N48 21.1 E011 54.2 Austrian territory only
MU
NA
2
VO
VIE
h SIMBA h 41 38
R
37
5S
F
M
N48 13.8
6
BG
E013 00.9
B
25
V
D
ADIT
OR
8500-CLASS D
3500-CLASS D
I
ILS Cat 1
9850 3
M
TRA LOWS N
37 D 109.9 OES 37d 2773
30
SIMBA
7000 ? D8 OES
OES 4000 D
E 37a a
2542
h
h
BADIT
6
37b
650
M
4500 ? D4.9 OES 3000 10 TRA WELS 1
7000-CLASS D-FL100 D2.5 OES 2210 N48 09.9
0-C
4500-CLASS D-FL100 E012 50.1 W
3500 ? a LNZ
LAS
SB
F 2628 F
M
M
TITIG 15 28 2887 TRA WELS 2
l
k
GV
SALZBURG
2500 ? 2649 SD 2575 D
E
a
F
M
D 113.8 SBG
OR
a DE 6
080 MATIG
TITIG 19 SBG 2887
MATIG
154
R150 MC2-NC1 I N48 00.2 E012 53.6
l
k
N48 03.5 M GAISBERG N48 03.5
°-3
E012 33.6 TIT ? 109.45 GSB E013 32.5

N48°00'
g
CLASS D-
S
U
10 NM IG 37c 2598 N47 GSB
.0
48.3 E013 06.7

42
110
0°
F
M
E 6
TRAUN I
S
U
8
26 0 M
TR
6
2618
2772
6
2683 37e
7000 4500
N47 58.5 AU 6
SBG
6 N D
E
E012 35.3 a
43
CLAS
34 TRAU
N 2838 3767 NEMAL
70 -C
F
M a
4 D25 SBG 5548 6
00 LA
S D-7
AL
f
e 21
6
382 SBG N47 55.1
NEM 6
-CL SS
2351a 3645 2756a

2 SBG TRA GAISBERG M F E013 29.9 6 3579
AS D
000
37f N47 58.1 E012 53.6 3593

SD
h
0
6
2536 3119 S TRA SCHWARZEN B 6
D
E 4373 U Salzburg a 4537 4035 3674 6109 5167
35
97
6
a
UNKEN 29 S
U 4232 6
1886 v
103
6
a R 6 6
N47 49.3 4026 LASS Da

2651 7500-C
6
E012 36.1
6
1923 3658 5862 5639
58106 a 5003 6
N 6 a 6
93 KE
f
e
5722 5410 410 SI 5961a TRA SCHWARZEN A
5236 UN 6
SI
h R Caution:
6030 6 5932 6 MF 6 5469
N47 49.1 E012 59.3
6 6470
Hang- and paraglider area
<33
M
F
6 6
6
4694 5078
VE
4399
MTA ISCHL 5633 6 NU
103
6
4°-
6
6434
RD
g 3901 BRA
R142 MTA PYHRN
A
6
3.6
4567
F
M
MTA SCHOBER 6407
0
5817 6
110
°
6516
6
7500 6 VERDA 6
l
k 33 6000 5121
6
RATTENBERG 6
N47 32.0 MTA SCHOBER-NORTH
45896 303 RTT -CL E013 20.0 MTA TAUERN-NORTH
RTT
N47 25.9 E011 56.4 6
7690 8901 ASS D
D L H 17
E E
6
8235 RNAV (RNP) AR D
F
M
5522
6
WS804 4040 7864

ETROK 7923
A
18
M
T
TS
6
N47°30'
RT D
6
5193 E
6 6
DE
D22
RASTA RAS
131
M a6135
I 8671
119
6
4675 VAR 3° E
6
N47 29.7 TA a
4895 E013 22.9
6
MAG UP
1141 145
e
9850
F
M
S
U 6
9649
TRA ROSSBRAND C4530
D
9
14 2000
L
H E BUMUK
133 D
6
7?
5994
1
TRL ATC
32
KONUG
6
TA 10000
7?
AD ELEV 1411
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926638
*1926638*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
Instrument Approach Chart (IAC) - Extract
6
4078
5129
LO 3606
a
E008°20' E008°40' ILS 14
b
4500 ? 40 K D 108.3 IKL
1 2 40
D-ATIS 125.725
37e e
7000-F11?
37 2648
MIN
16
191?
Final 125.325
ikl
L
3500 ? a
TWR 118.100 120.225
0
3776 6
2582
2500 ?
6
APN 121.750 121.850
17 B
V 6
2000 ? 36 RILAX 2509
P
Q
7000 191?
3930
35
25
10
M
6
D15.5 TRA
a KLO 2552 6 7
30 37b
5129 2043
42 37a 2122
11
350°
N47°50'
12
6
13
6
10 NM 25 2867
KLO 31 6
4
8 25 2574 24 2322
EDUMI
6
k
l 2
TRASADINGEN a
6
34 D 114.3 TRA VD4.4 TRA
B 28
TRA 2040 37f
53
4 3628 O 2667b
KL
5000
k
l
6
ZURICH EAST
4
20 Germany
6
D 110.05 ZUE 62401
2 U R110
S 44 ZUE
5 6000 Switzerl
ZH701
N47°40'
3 and
R2000
13
6
0 2224 9 6 2424
D12.9 IKL D10 TRA MAX 230KT
g5000
6
L
G 4 09
35 7000-F7?
°
32
2560 B
V 7P
Q
e
3
(300 R290
6
D10 TRA a 2227 L240

5
9 1 MIN 2309
4000 0 ) R
4 097 Z 277? B
h h S
U
38 23 27 V 277?
6
9 I
L 3
GIPOL 60
00 OSNEM 2166 2399 R2 5 7000
AMIKI
D32 ZUE 20 D8.2 IKL
54
17 5? a 2756
b
21 a D9 ZUE
e
R R0
6
Q 2358
h
280°
6
R 05 260 ZUE 2057 D4 IKL 4000 43

2591
080?2BV Zurich 085°
6
2881 1828 D7.8 ZUE
40 33 baD1.4 IKL b 2044 6 2175
7000-F1L MIN
86
11 2168 b S
360?
2960 a
230KT ? 6 2670
g
U
2212
260
13
VAR 1° E a a 1749 MAX 210KT 17 KLO

k
l
KLOTEN
44
6?
59
MAG UP 6
D 114.85 KLO 2096 D5.1 IKL
18 KLO a
Dubendorf a
2 40
2608 29
6
9 1 2507 a
h
a LSMD 3937
2395 Do not mistake TRL ATC
2326
6
3412 TA 7000
1°
6
6
AD ELEV 1417 for LSZH
22
Aerodrome Elevation
is provided in feet and is shown in bold font in the chart
1
information pictograph, generally positioned in the lower left part AD ELEV 1416
of the chart plan view.
Airports
In general, all airports stored within the Lido Route Manual customer library are shown. Additionally,
airports meeting the following specifications are also shown:
• Civil or joint civil/military; and
• hard runway surface (asphalt, bituminous, concrete, macadam or concrete/asphalt); and
• longest runway with minimum dimensions of 30m (100ft) width and 1500m (5000ft) length.
2
Note:
As an exception and to avoid congestion, only airports with a minimum RWY length of 2000m /
6600ft will be charted for the territory of the United States (excluding Alaska).
Airport with largest RWY ≥45m / 150ft width and ≥1500m / 5000ft Amsterdam
length X EHAM
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926638

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
Airport with largest RWY ≥30m / 100ft width and ≥1500m / 5000ft Amberieu
length Y LFXA
Airports that are not meeting the above requirements but are
mentioned in the context of warning and/or caution notes in the Lugano
corresponding AIP. Also airports that are published upon customer LSZA
request will be displayed in exceptional cases.
Dubendorf
2
Airport with a caution/warning note. LSMD
Generally provided with RWY layout. Do not mistake
for LSZH
L.-Stansted
Airports are normally shown with their unique FMS coded city X EGSS
name. Where multiple airports with the same city name exist in a
specific geographical region, then the first letter of the city name,
L.-Heathrow
X
followed by the respective airport name is shown. EGLL
Airspaces
Note: Not shown on IACs, MRCs and ground charts
Only controlled airspace – with sectors – Class D, C, B or A related
to the charted airport, are labeled with lower limit, airspace class 1500 - CLASS C - FL1
00
3 and upper limit. Airspaces are generally shown up to FL100. Upper
limit is omitted if above FL100, lower limit is omitted if starting CLASS *
AGL.
If the airspace class is not officially published, it is indicated with a
star ” * ”.
Airways/ATS Routes
will be labeled as follows (if applicable):
• Maximum Authorized Altitude (MAA)
• airway name (with type information)
• segment distance
MAA FL90
• Minimum Enroute Altitude (MEA) N123
40 £
00 E
• Minimum Terrain Clearance Altitude (MTCA) 6500 94
- • even/odd indicator
• direction indicator, if airway is limited to one direction
N123
Multiple airway names are separated by a slash. N123/U
40
The airway type can either be conventional or RNAV. N123=

RNAV/RNP airways are labelled with either "R" or, if available, with 40
N123f
the NAV accuracy value (e.g. 10, 5, 4, 2 or 1) 40
⇒ Navigation General Information 6 ATS Route Navigation
Altitude Limitation At Procedure Fix
5
Maximum altitude (cross at or below) 8000
Mandatory altitude (cross at) 8000
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926639
*1926639*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
Minimum altitude (cross at or above) 8000

5
Altitude window (cross at or between)
8000
6000
Altitude Limitation Normally Used for SID/STAR Only
“...cross at 11000ft...” A
DONUT
ALT is a constraint. 11000
“...cross at or below 11000ft..." A

DONUT
“...cross at or above 11000ft..." A

DONUT
Old Standard - Charted Until 20 JUL 2016

Climb to an Altitude
H100°
“...RT onto HDG 100° at 1800ft..." H080°
ALT is a constraint for next SID segment when passing 1800ft 1800
during climb.
New Standard - Charted WEF 21 JUL 2016
Climb to an Altitude
“...RT onto HDG 100° at or above 1800ft..."
ALT is a constraint for next SID segment when passing 1800ft
during climbing turn.
Note:
Charting will reflect FMS consistent altitude restriction coding. H100°
The turn needs to be initiated immediately at the indicated MNM H080°
altitude. 1800
This charting and FMS coding convention is applied for all SID and
MISAP segments terminating with an altitude except for those
segments with a prescribed level off segment following. This
standard is applied irrespective of state publications which may
vary from minimum, recommended or mandatory altitudes shown
for this fix.
Speed Limit/Speed Restriction at Fixes
A
If a fix has to be crossed at or below a certain speed, the prefix DONUT
"MAX" e.g. "MAX 240KT" is shown. MAX 240KT
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926639

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
A
If a fix has to be crossed at or above a certain speed, the prefix DONUT
"MNM" e.g. "MNM 240KT" is shown. MNM 240KT
A
If a fix has to be crossed at a certain speed, the prefix "at" e.g. "at DONUT
240KT" is shown. at 240KT
Speed Limit/Speed Restriction for Segments

For ARR, STAR & STAR Transitions:
"MAX" speed limit is shown at the fix where the speed limit begins.
"MNM" speed limit is shown at the fix where the speed limit ends.
"at" speed limits are shown at both fixes.
For DEP, SID, SID Transitions & MISAP:
"MAX" speed limit is shown at the fix where the speed limit ends.
"MNM" speed limit is shown at the fix where the speed limit begins.
"at" speed limits are shown at both fixes.
In case the complete procedure shown on one chart is published with a speed limit, a note in chart
plan view will show this restriction.
In case a set of procedures (e.g. all STARs / all SIDs) to/from all or single RWYs are published with a
speed limit, the AOI will show this limitation.
Bank Limitation
Minimum Bank Angle

MNM 20° bank angle
Maximum Bank Angle

MAX 20° bank angle
Required Bank Angle

20° bank angle
Altitude and Speed Limitation Normally Used for SID/STAR Only
A
“...expect clearance to cross at 11000ft and 250KT...” DONUT
ALT and speed are advisory only and may be combined. Expect 11000, 250KT
“...expect clearance to cross at 11000ft... A

...cross at 250KT...” DONUT
ALT is advisory only. Expect 11000
Speed is a constraint. 250KT
“...cross at or above 11000ft... A

...expect to cross at 250KT...” DONUT
ALT is constraint. 11000
© Lido 2022
Speed is advisory. Expect 250KT
Sheet 1926640
*1926640*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
“...Turbojet, landing south: A

...expect to cross at 11000ft...” DONUT
Combined condition for advisory ALT. Expect 11000 (Jet, LDG South)
A
Cross waypoint DONUT between DONUT
"MNM 17000 / MAX FL220 at 250KT for FRNCH 3 procedure" FL220
(FRNCH 3)
and between 17000
"MNM 17000 / MAX FL190 at 250KT for KAILE 2 procedure" (KAILE 2) FL190
The speed restriction is valid for both procedures above. 17000
at 250KT
A
Cross waypoint DONUT between DONUT
"MNM 17000 / MAX FL220 for FRNCH 3 procedure" FL220
(FRNCH 3)
and between 17000
"MNM 17000 / MAX FL190 at 250KT for KAILE 2 procedure". (KAILE 2) FL190
The speed restriction is only valid for KAILE 2. 17000
(KAILE 2) at 250KT
ILS CAT 3b
Approach Data Box is provided on AFCs only. D 110.5 MAK
6 ⇒ Legends and Tables General Information 3.3 Airport Facility Chart MAK
D 8.2 MAK 4000
(AFC) D3 MAK 2240
ILS 14
Approach Procedure Designator Box is provided on IACs only. D 110.5 MAK
7 MAK
⇒ Legends and Tables General Information 3.4.2 IAC Plan View
By ATC
For segments that are only available with special ATC clearance, 260° (ATC)
the remark (ATC) is added.
Border Text
D 110.5 MAK
Waypoints or NAVAIDs of procedure or airway legs which lie

DONUT
24 i 24 i
outside of the chart frame, are shown along the border. Waypoint 260° 260°
name or NAVAID identification with frequency are indicated in such
cases.
Changeover Point F
DONUT 1G C
Point between NAVAIDs at which changeover in navigation
D25 MAK
guidance should occur. D32 SHK
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926640

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
Chart Information is normally placed in the lower left part of the
chart, providing:
c • Airport Variation (AFC, AGC, APC, LVC, EOSID, SID, STAR,
VAC, MRC, FAM) or Approach Procedure Variation (IAC)
used in calculation of magnetic FAT
• Chart orientation (white arrow points to Magnetic North)
• Aerodrome elevation in ft
Note:
Magnetic variation date and annual rate of change are omitted.
9
Variation arrow on charts orientated to True North.
Variation arrow on charts not orientated to Magnetic North

(published in exceptional cases only).
City Pattern
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926641
*1926641*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
COM Frequencies are provided on procedure charts in the upper

right corner of the chart frame. The box may be moved for optimal
placement.
The call sign prefix is assumed to be the city name of the
respective airport. Only if the call sign prefix is deviating from the
city name, the prefix will be added in the communications box,
e.g. city name is ”Windsor Locks”, the call sign prefix is ”Bradley”.
HR of operation are only shown if the FREQ is not operative H24.
10 Times are shown in UTC.
Secondary frequencies are placed to the right of or below the
primary frequencies.
The double dagger symbol “‡” indicates that during periods of
Daylight Saving Time (DST) effective HR will be one hour earlier
than shown.
If ATIS is available via data link, a preceding ”D-” is added.
If ASOS or AWOS is available for a specific airport this is added to
the respective ATIS frequency.
Data Link Departure Clearance (DCL) Service

Availability of DCL is indicated in the COM frequencies section of
the AFC, AGC, APC and LVC.
10 ⇒ Communication General Information 6.3 Departure Clearances via ATIS 118.850
115.800
ASOS
SFO
113.700 PYE
Data Link TWR 120.500

GND 121.800
If DCL is provided via CPDLC, it will be indicated on the chart as Ramp 127.575 Tower A 119.225 Tower G
CPDLC with DCL as remark. DLV
131.000
118.200
Tower D
CPDLC DCL
PDC
Pre Departure Clearance (PDC)

Availability of PDC is indicated in the COM frequencies section of
10 the AFC, AGC and APCs. The abbreviation ”PDC” will be listed
below the Clearance Delivery FREQ.
⇒ Communication General Information 6.3 Departure Clearances via
Data Link
Company Information
Company derived information (textual and/or graphical) displayed
on chart plan views is shown in magenta color.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926641

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
Compass Rose
Shown centered to an airport facility with a radius of 10NM on
IACs and 20NM on the other charts. The compass rose is part of
11 the distance circles. The best available NAVAID (closest located to
the ARP) will be used as a reference NAVAID for depiction of
distance circles. This may be either a VOR/DME, VORTAC, VOR or
NDB.
12 Country Border
Distance Circles are shown in 10NM steps up to 50NM, labeled

13 with distance and reference fix.
The compass rose forms part of the distance circles.
FIR Name
14 FIR boundaries indicate the FIR name followed by the suffix ”FIR”
and the four letter identifier. Not shown on IACs.
Grid Lines are oriented to True North.

The grid size (magnitude) of the grid is depending on the chart
15 scale, generally 1°, 30’ or 15’.
Note: Not shown on IACs
Grid Ticks
16 The chart frame provides coordinate grid information aligned to
true north. At least two coordinates are shown along the left and
upper frame.
Headings are shown as a three digit number with a degree

symbol and a preceding ”H”.
Highest Obstruction within the chart plan view or inset

17 This might either be a terrain spot, a man made obstacle or an
isolated contour layer.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926642
*1926642*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
Holding Patterns
Holding speed or timing is charted only if different to ICAO/FAA standards or Country Regulations.
See RAR chapter and CRAR for details.
WEF 29 NOV 2018, holding speed limitations are charted whenever shown in the source
documents. Charts will be amended successively.
130
Holding patterns defined by time 0°
are not shown to scale using a fixed symbol. When operationally

required, such holdings may be shown to scale. 120
°
130
0°
Holding patterns defined by DME distance
are shown to scale. The DME distance is shown with the NAVAID. 120
°
D8 ZUE
130
0°
Holding patterns defined by distance
18 are shown to scale. The distance is shown in NM without any unit. 120
°
Holding patterns defined by waypoint definition lines 300

°
R3
40
ZU
R30
are shown to scale. The outbound waypoint definition lines are 0 ZU
E
E
shown with the NAVAID. 120

°
G
1
Holding patterns exclusively used in missed approach

procedures 130
0°
are shown with a blue dashed line.
Note: 120
Missed approach procedures holdings also used in other parts of °
the procedure are shown in black.
Altitude restrictions 130

0°
are shown within the holding symbol. Minimum Holding Altitudes 700
0
(MHA) are simply shown as altitudes or FL without further 120
indications. If no MHA is published, no altitude values are shown. °
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926642

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
130
0°
700
0-1
0 000
120
°
Minimum and maximum holding altitudes or FL

are shown as an altitude band.
130
0°
700
0-F
L 140
120
°
130
0°
A mandatory holding altitude at 3
000
is shown with the prefix at. 120
°
130
An altitude applicable for the missed approach holding 0°
400
18 is shown in blue. This is only shown if different than the normal 03
000
altitude. 120
°
130
0°
A holding altitude or FL with the remark (ATC) 600
0 (A
is only permitted with ATC clearance. TC)
120
°
130
0°
A maximum holding speed 250
KT
is shown with the speed value only. 120
°
130
0°
A minimum holding speed MN
M 180
is shown with the prefix MNM. 120
KT
°
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926643
*1926643*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
Holding insets are used whenever necessary to avoid chart

congestion or for holding pattern located outside the defined chart
frame.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 5.7 Holding Procedures
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 6.3 Holding Procedure
Airspeeds
18
Racetrack
300
A racetrack procedure is displayed as a holding pattern symbol °
with a wider procedure line.
120
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 5.6.1.2 Initial Approach °
Segment (2) G
Inbound Track for ILS and LOC approach as well as for GLS and
MLS is generally positioned in the localizer feather.
Exceptions may occur where space is lacking.
19
For non-precision approaches the inbound track is positioned at

the beginning of the final segment providing a symbol indicating
the direction of the flight path.
Initial Approach Altitude

Minimum altitude between the IAF and IF or where applicable
20 (where no IF published) to the FAP/FAF.
The initial approach segment provides at least 300m (984ft) of
obstacle clearance in the primary area, reducing laterally to zero at
the outer edge of the secondary area.
Intermediate Approach Altitude

Minimum altitude between the IF and FAP/FAF.
The intermediate approach segment provides at least 150m (492ft)
of obstacle clearance in the primary area, reducing laterally to zero
at the outer edge of the secondary area.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926643

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
Insets show either:
• blow-ups of congested areas (e.g. initial climbs); or
• continuations of procedures lying outside the chart plan
view.
Insets can either be:
• to scale with/without scale information (with topography);
or
• not to scale (without topography).
Insets are considered to be not to scale if no other information (like
a scale bar) is given, even if it is not explicitly noted.
Inset Frames CLA
SS
017°
592
a
Inset frames are provided on the main chart plan view if an inset D
E
LISKU vv
u
S
U
or blow-up of this area is required due to the chart scale. It D

E
D
E
u F.-Main
indicates an area of skeletonized information.

NAVAIDs and procedure lines are always shown. Waypoints and
ROXAPE D DF172
waypoint names may be shown if space permits. D
E
D DE
E
DF180
D
E
Full procedure related content is always provided in the inset PABVI Initial climb
(blow-up) itself. See inset
Main Airport of the corresponding chart is charted with its main

21
RWY layout and the city and/or airport name.
Maximum Authorized Altitude (MAA)

• ATS Routes
The MAA is shown on each ATS route segment when
different to associated airspace limitations (Airspace
Division).
For example, where the MAA is equal to the upper limit of
lower airspace, the MAA for low level ATS routes is omitted
on Terminal charts.
Where the MAA is represented as a flight level, the highest
available IFR flight level according to the applicable
cruising level table will be shown.
• STAR/SID/Transitions
MAAs are shown for all STAR, SID and Transition segments
when and as officially provided.
Different MAAs applied to different airways on the same segment

are separated by a slash.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926644
*1926644*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
If a combination of MAAs is according to the associated airspace

limitations (lower vs. upper airspace) this is indicated by three
dots.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.11.1.2 Maximum
Authorized Altitude (MAA)
Minimum Enroute Altitude (MEA)

• ATS Routes
The MEA shown on each ATS Route segment represents
the lowest altitude, or the lowest usable IFR flight level for
an ATS route segment according to the applicable cruising
level table.
• STAR/SID/Transitions
MEAs are shown for all STAR, SID and Transition segments
when and as officially provided.
Note: The officially published MEA in Lido charts is valid for the
whole route segment between two fixes. Plan climb/descent
between segments as required in advance.
Multiple MEAs applied for different airways on the same segment

are separated by a slash.
Three dots indicate an MEA according to the limits of the

associated airspace.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.11.1.5 Minimum En-route
Altitude (MEA)
Minimum Obstacle Clearance Altitude (MOCA)
• ATS routes:
13
MOCA will not be shown on ATS routes. F LUSAR
2N
23 (2600)
3400 D 100
• STAR/SID/APCH/Transitions: °
MOCAs will be shown only for procedure segments in the

plan-view if no MEA is provided.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926644

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
Minimum Grid Altitude (MGA)
The MGA is the lowest safe altitude to be flown off-track. It is
shown in hundreds of feet.
The MGA is calculated by rounding up the elevation of the highest
obstruction within the respective grid area to the next 100ft and
adding an increment of
• 1000ft for terrain or obstructions up to 6000ft or
• 2000ft for terrain or obstructions above 6000ft
e.g. 6345ft obstacle
= 6400ft rounded up
+ 2000ft buffer
24 = 8400ft MGA
Lowest indicated MGA is 2000ft.
This value is also provided for terrain and obstacles that would
result in an MGA below 2000ft. Exception is overwater areas
where the MGA can be omitted.
MGAs below 10000ft are shown in purple, at and above 10000ft in
red.
Grids completely covered by the MSA do not show an MGA value
by intention. Exceptions only with specific MGA sub segmentation
where operationally required. These charts are marked with an
additional remarks box (e.g. ”Non standard grid”).
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.11.1.7 Minimum Grid
Altitude (MGA)
Minimum Sector Altitude (MSA)
The MSA is shown for each sector. The sectors are formed by
25 radials, QDRs or tracks (depending on the reference facility) and
the limiting circle. The MSA provides obstacle clearance of at least
300m (1000ft) according to PANS-OPS / TERPS. The sectors and
altitudes are officially published by State authorities.
The MSA Limiting Circle is shown centered on the reference
NAVAID or the Aerodrome Reference Point (ARP). If no other
information is shown, the radius is 25NM.
Note:
MSA sectors based on VORs take station declination into account.
Therefore the MSA related depiction for Magnetic North may
intentionally differ from Magnetic North oriented chart frames and
compass rose. Contrary to ICAO standards, the MSA sector
26 boundaries are defined by bearings from the station.
Limited MSA Validity

Where Minimum Sector Altitude values are limited to one specific
country's territory (possible at close border located aerodromes)
this is indicated by a respective Note box.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926645
*1926645*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
An MSA Pictogram is used when the chart plan view is only able
to show partial MSA sector information and is shown as an inset in
the following cases:
• Any MSA sector limits are hidden on the plan view.
• The reference point (center) of the MSA circle is not visible
on the plan view.
• The MSA coverage is different from the standard radius of
25NM.
Note: MSA insets are not to scale. Contrary to ICAO standards, the
MSA sector boundaries are defined by bearings from the station.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.11.1.11 Minimum Sector
Altitude (MSA)
26
Terminal Arrival Altitude (TAA)

TAA sectors and altitudes are associated with an RNAV procedure
based upon the "T" or "Y" arrangement replacing or substituting
an MSA. TAAs may be used for so called hybrid approach
procedures, combining RNAV elements on initial and/or
intermediate approach with conventional final approach parts.
Similar to the MSA, a TAA inset is shown if the full sector
information is not clearly visible on the chart plan view.
Note:
Contrary to ICAO standards, the TAA sector boundaries are defined
by bearings from the waypoint.
Minimum Terrain Clearance Altitude (MTCA)

The MTCA is provided for all airway segments, for all STARs (up to
IAF or equivalent end point) and exceptionally for selected airports
on SIDs (for segments lying outside the coverage of the MSA).
MTCAs are shown in red italic font.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926645

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
The MTCA calculated by Lido covers exclusively terrain and
obstacles relevant for air navigation with the buffers and MOC
described underneath.
For SIDs and STARs, the MTCA is calculated for an area of 5NM on
either side of the centerline of each procedure segment and
around a NAVAID/waypoint where the MTCA is provided.
For airways the buffering area extends to 10NM on either side of
the centerline.
The MTCA is calculated by rounding up the elevation of the highest
obstruction within the respective safety area to the next 100ft and
adding an increment of
• 1000ft for terrain or obstruction up to 6000ft; or
• 2000ft for terrain or obstruction above 6000ft.
Example:
Obstacle elevation: 2345ft
= 2400ft rounded up
+ 1000ft buffer
= 3400ft MTCA
Values are shown in feet.
Lowest indicated MTCA is 3100ft, meaning that wherever no

MTCA is provided, 3000ft can be considered a safe flight altitude.
An MTCA is not provided on open end procedure legs e.g. radar
vectoring legs.
Consecutive segments having an identical MTCA can be combined
by MTCA break symbols providing the label only once.
Any MTCA being calculated with other than the abovementioned
policies will be shown in brackets with reference to the calculation
method.
In rare cases the MTCA calculated for a specific segment can be
higher than the official minimum altitude.
This is due to the difference in buffer calculation and/or the
definition of the safety area.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.11.1.12 Minimum Terrain
Clearance Altitude (MTCA)
Missed Approach
At the MAPt the procedure line changes from a solid black line to a
dashed blue line. The dashed blue line is displayed from the MAPt
27 up until the missed approach termination point. All missed
approach information other than waypoints and NAVAIDs are
displayed in MISAP blue. Segment distances are intentionally
omitted from the MISAP.
Additional suffix/prefix "(MISAP)" is provided when a MISAP fix

altitude (MNM/MAX or at altitude) is provided at a fix also used for
the inbound procedure.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926646
*1926646*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
NAVAIDs are shown with the NAVAID symbol and the NAVAID flag
including:
• NAVAID name (the name will be omitted if multiple
NAVAIDs of the same type share the name)
• frequency and identifier
• morse code
• INS coordinates (not shown on IACs)
Any DME capability of the relevant NAVAID can be identified by the
prefix ”D” to the NAVAID frequency.
NDB stations can be identified by their frequency.
ILS and LOC NAVAID flags do generally not appear on IACs but in
certain cases in the context of SID and/or STAR procedures when
the localizer or ILS are part of the relevant procedure.
ILS/DME
ILS
28
LOC/DME
LOC
VOR/DME, VORTAC
VOR
VOR Oriented to True North

© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926646

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
DME Only/TACAN Only

If DME information only is available (TACAN/DME only) the prefix
”D” will be presented in inverted print.
NDB
Where two NAVAIDs are co-located and have the same name and
identifiers, only one symbol in a combined NAVAID flag is charted.
28
NAVAID Replaced by a Waypoint
Used if NAVAID is withdrawn but fix position is still part of the
procedure. Example shows RNAV fly-over waypoint at former NDB
IC position. For conventional SID/STAR procedures, coordinates are
shown.
Outer Marker
Middle Marker
Inner Marker
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926647
*1926647*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
Obstacles and their elevation in feet MSL.

Single obstacle/group of obstacles.
29 Tree symbols may be used instead of the standard obstacle
symbols. MAX elevation is shown in feet MSL, if officially
published.
Obstacle Policy
The obstacle depiction is filtered in 3 different steps.
1. The 5NM Funnel Filter
The display of obstacles is filtered to display an obstacle only if it's
top elevation is more than 100ft above AD elevation in a 1NM
radius around the Aerodrome Reference Point (ARP), ascending
100ft with each NM up to a distance of 5NM.
500ft
400ft
n n
29 300ft
n
n 200ft
100ft n
n
n n
n
n
5NM ARP
2. The Topographical Layer Filter

Outside the 5NM radius - the obstacle ALT protrudes the upper
limit of the topographical layer which it is located in (also refer to
section “Topography Legend”).
n
flex
n n
29 n flex n
n
n
n 1000ft n
n
n
1000ft
n
1000ft n n n
ARP
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926647

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
3. The Neighborhood Filter
The neighborhood filter overlays the first two filters and eliminates
finally from top to bottom the lower of two obstacles if these are
located (too) close together (dependent on the scale of the charts).
This may result in different obstacles being displayed on different
chart sets like IACs versus AFC/SID/STAR/MRCs normally produced
with different scales.
In consequence an IAC may show more obstacles than a STAR or
SID chart due to their different scales. All these filters have been
established to eliminate the less important obstacles from the
more important (more critical to air navigation) related obstacles.
There may be groups of obstacles filtered out when there are more
critical single obstacles in their direct neighborhood.
29
1724 1724
n n
1953 1953
n n
1789 1789
n 1496 n 1496
n 1254 n
nn2004 n2004
Plan view Non-filtered Plan view filtered
In Plan view filtered, the lower of two obstacles located within a

specific distance range which is dependent on the chart scale will
be omitted by intention.
Procedure Designator
30 SID and STAR designators are shown in colored arrows with
procedure name(s) indicating the direction of the procedure.
Procedure Tracks are drawn by specific lines that are interrupted

by heading or track indication.
terminal procedure line
airway procedure line
transitions (symbol not used on IACs)
missed approach procedure line
31 visual track
radar vectors
terminal procedure continued by radar vectors
Terminal procedure with open end leg: E 089?
D D
E ZZZ
Maintain shown track until radar vectors received PG515 PG516

Terminal procedure with open end leg:
H091°
Maintain shown heading until radar vectors received
Procedure Fixes
32 Initial Approach Fix (IAF)

The IAF is placed above the NAVAID box or WPT name and is
shown in plan view.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926648
*1926648*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
Intermediate Fix (IF)

Shown in plan view
Final Approach Fix (FAF)

Shown in plan view and profile
Final Approach Point (FAP)

Shown in plan view and profile
32
Missed Approach Point (MAPt)
Shown in profile
Descent Point for Constant Descent (D)

Shown in profile
The identical symbology is used to indicate RNAV procedure fixes

such as Initial Approach Waypoint (IAWP), Intermediate Waypoint
(IWP), etc.
Intermediate and final approach fixes in plan view are normally fly-
by waypoints. Exceptions show the procedure fix and flyover
waypoint symbols separately.
Radials are shown as a three digit number with a preceding ”R”

33
on procedures or waypoint definition lines.
Remarks, Cautions, Warnings and Notes are shown on the chart

plan view. Flight planning relevant notes are published in the
Airport Operational Information (AOI).
WEF JUL 2020: A caution note shall be provided in the planview of Caution:
ILS approaches which have an integrated frequency paired ILS DIST/ALT reference is ORA
DME not used for the DIST/ALT reference. The facility used instead VOR DME
shall be shown in the note with its identification and type.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926648

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
Whenever an approach (except ILS Cat 2/3) is published with a
final approach angle of more than 3.77° for ICAO CAT C/D ACFT
(more than 4.50° for ICAO CAT A/B ACFT) a warning note will be
published in the chart plan view. For ILS Cat 2/3 approaches this
warning will be shown when published with more than 3.00°.
(Shown on IAC only)
EASA Air OPS requirement:
Steep approach operations using final approach angles of 4.5° or
more require prior approval by the competent authority.
RNP AR Approach Procedures
Officially published notes “AR” for Authorization Required will be
shown in the chart plan view with the special note "Authorization
required". For new PBN type approaches titled either "RNP XX
(AR)" or "RNAV XX (AR)", the authorization requirement is already
given within the title and as NAV specification within the PBN box
as subpart of the approach procedure designator box. (Shown on
IAC only)
⇒ Legends and Tables General Information 3.4.1.1 Performance Based
Navigation (PBN) Parenthetical Suffixes
If additional NAVAIDs are required for the approach procedure,
additional equipment requirements necessary to conduct the
procedure in normal mode (i.e. not for backup) are specified on the
plan view of the chart.
Examples:
• “ADF required ” on a VOR approach. DME required
• “Dual ADF required”, when required on an NDB approach
where two ADFs are required.
• “DME required” on a VOR approach.
When ATC radar or other equipment is required for procedure entry

from the enroute environment, a note is charted in the plan view of
the IAC (e.g. "DME or radar required for PROC entry" or "ADF
required for PROC entry"). This note is mainly shown in the United
States.
When ATC radar or other equipment is required on portions of the
procedure outside the Final Approach Segment (FAS), including the
missed approach, a note is charted in the plan view of the IAC (e.g.
"DME or radar required outside FAS" or "DME required outside
FAS"). This note is mainly shown in the United States.
A scale bar is generally shown in 2NM steps on the left-hand side

34 of plan view frame, allowing deviations depending on the chart
size and scale.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926649
*1926649*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
Special Use Airspace (SUA)
SUAs are displayed with their airspace identification.
Prohibited (P) areas are displayed with the airspace identification
and vertical limits.
The following types of Special Use Airspace are charted:
• Prohibited, Restricted and Danger Areas (P-, R-, and D-
Areas)
• Temporary Reserved (TRA) and Temporary Segregated
Aispaces (TSA)
• Warning (Wxxx) and Alert Areas (Axxx)
• Flight Restricted Zones (FRZ)
• Fuel Dumping Areas (FDA)
• Military Operating Areas such as ARA, ATA MOA, MTA,
AIAA, AARA, NSGA TRAG etc.
Other SUAs intentionally omitted are:
• MIL Low Flying Areas below 2000ft AGL/MSL
• Recreational activity areas like PJE areas, Glider Fying
Areas etc.
For details on vertical extension (non P-areas) and activity times
refer to your relevant SUA list.
Speed Limit Point (SLP)
Speed limits associated with procedure fixes or Speed Limit Points
(SLP) will be charted at the relevant fixes in the chart plan view of
the affected procedure.
Note:
The AFC normally does not show speed restrictions applicable for
STARs/ARRs, SIDs/DEPs or IACs for a specific airport.
Terrain High Spot Elevation representing the local maximum
35
within the surrounding topography.
Total Approach Distance from Initial Approach Fix (IAF) to Final
36 Approach Fix/Final Approach Point (FAF/FAP).
Note: This value may differ from sum of legs due to rounding.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926649

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
Topography Legend
Topography is shown to identify terrain elevation as well as
coastlines, bodies of water, rivers, cities or other geographic
information of interest.
The color coding of terrain elevation on IACs starts with white at
airport elevation changing to darker brown in the following way:
• 1st layer: white, max. 500ft above AD elevation, rounded
mathematically to the nearest 500ft step.
• 2nd layer: light beige, 501 - 1000ft above AD elevation.
• 3rd layer: beige, 1001 - 2000ft above AD elevation.
• 4th layer: dark beige, 2001 - 3000ft above AD elevation.
• 5th layer: light brown, 3001 - 4000ft above AD elevation
(flexible).
37 • 6th layer: brown, beyond 4001ft above AD elevation.
(The last up to two flexible layers where shown are split
approximately half way between highest topographical feature and
last fixed layer above airport elevation).
Obstacle Symbol in Topography Legend
The obstacle symbol next to the topographical layer elevation
indicates that some obstacles may penetrate the layer. Obstacles
that penetrate a topographical layer are displayed on the chart.
The highest layer includes the highest obstacle. The obstacle
symbol is therefore omitted in the highest layer of the topograpy
legend.
Background Information
When determining minimum flight altitudes based on the to scale
chart depiction including contour layers and obstacles, take into
account that chart insets or NAVAID boxes may cover parts of the
contour layers and/or obstacles.
Example IACs and VACs
10876
n 10876
flex
8000 n
flex
4500 n
1000ft
3500 n
1000ft
500ft 2500 n
500ft 2000 n
AD ELEV 1416 (round to nearest 500ft = 1500ft)
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926650
*1926650*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
Example AFCs, SIDs, STARs and MRCs
10876
n 10876
flex
8000 n
flex
4500 n
1000ft
3500 n
1000ft
2500 n
1000ft
AD ELEV 1416 (round to nearest 500ft = 1500ft)
On AFC, SID, STAR and MRC the first two layers are combined to one layer of a maximum vertical
extension of 1000ft above aerodrome elevation.
The topographical steps shown in the legend on each plan view indicate the maximum elevation in
feet above MSL.
For obstacle policy refer to section “obstacles”.
Isolated Contour Layer

37a An isolated contour layer (insular polygon) is a contour layer which
does not contain any other contour layers.
Highest High Spot / Highest Obstacle

37b In general, each isolated contour layer shows the highest
topographical feature which may either be a high spot or a man
made obstacle.
High Spots Without Contour Layer
A contour layer might be so small that the high spot symbol itself
37c covers almost or sometimes completely the respective contour
layer. In any case and regardless of size of the layer the highest
high spot/obstacle of such an isolated contour layer is always
given.
Contour Layer Without High Spot or Obstacle Within the Chart
Plan View
37d Where two neighbouring isolated contour layers are located close
to each other only one high spot or obstacle is shown.
The lower of the two high spots/obstacles is filtered out by
intention to improve the readability of the chart.
Open Contour Layer Without High Spot or Obstacle Cutting the
Chart Border
37e Where no highest high spot/obstacle is shown within an isolated
contour layer along the chart border, the color for the specific
contour layer as shown in the topographical legend defines the
MAX elevation within such areas.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926650

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
Water Bodies Permanent

37f (oceans, seas, lakes, rivers, etc.) No further differentiation of
hydrographical elements provided.
Track Distance is provided for each segment.

• terminal procedure
38
• AWY
Tracks or Bearings are shown as a three digit number with a

degree symbol on procedures or waypoint definition lines.
39
Note: The track is omitted intentionally for DCT to Fix (DF) legs on
RNAV and RNP procedures.
Transition Level and Transition Altitude are shown in the lower

40
right hand corner.
Waypoint Coordinates
41 Waypoints are shown with INS coordinates whenever they are
serving in a conventional procedure. Waypoint coordinates are
omitted on RNAV SID and STAR charts and all IACs.
42 Waypoint Name
A
Conventional Waypoint or Procedure Point Definition 0
can either be by a bearing or radial, or a DME distance. R26
Only shown if officially published. ROKIM B
D15 RID
43
RNAV Procedure Point Definition with conventional bearing,

radial or DME values are shown only for waypoints associated to a OLDAS
holding pattern if officially published.
Computer Navigation Fix (CNF)

Shown only if officially published with identifier in brackets. Not to X [CFCHN]
be used in ATC communications.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926651
*1926651*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
Waypoint Symbols
• RNAV: Whenever a waypoint is defined as RNAV waypoint,
even for combined conventional and RNAV procedures.
• Conventional: Whenever a waypoint is defined exclusively
as a conventional waypoint.
• Compulsory: Whenever a waypoint is defined as
44 compulsory for at least one procedure.
• Fly-over: Whenever a waypoint is defined as fly-over for at
least one procedure.
• Fly-by: Whenever a waypoint is defined exclusively as a
fly-by waypoint.
• Computer Navigation Fix (for FMS-DB coding)
Unnamed fixes such as DME values, radials and bearings to/from

an NDB may split and define an AWY, SID, STAR, transition or
approach procedure segment where the segment mileage
45 indication and MTCA or MEA may change.
Note: Where no MEA is published for a given AWY or STAR
344°
c
50 Z Ar
2 G 10
segment, the lowest permissible MTCA is 3000. W
H
R
00
VAGIL B
R1
A D1
41
3500
G RZ
D9.8 OEG
R15
344°
4
D8.3 GRZ 3 Arc

4G
RZ
RZ
2 G 00
R174 GRZ
D1 35
R164
GRZ
150
°
Whichever is Earlier (WEE)

Conditional AIP text instructions such as “... at 2000ft or DME3
CHE (whichever is earlier) turn left ...“ are symbolized in the chart
plan view.
Whichever is Later (WEL)

Conditional AIP text instructions such as “... at 3500ft or DME4
FKO (whichever is later) turn left ...” are symbolized in the chart
plan view.
Note: Different wording leading to the same meaning will result in

© Lido 2022
the same standard depiction.
Sheet 1926651

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
3.2 Meters to Feet Conversion
The m - ft conversion is provided whenever m-values are published in the respective AIP. In general only
those values applying to a specific procedure are converted.
As an exception on SID, STAR and AFC a table with the officially published cruising levels above transition
altitude is provided.
The reference for QFE to QNH conversions (aerodrome or threshold elevation) is used according to the
respective AIP guidelines.
All procedure values being at or below transition altitude are converted from meters to feet and rounded up to
the next ten feet.
All values above transition altitude are taken from the officially published cruising tables (flight level
conversion).
For the procedures displayed on chart plan views the corresponding official meter value is given in the
conversion table only.
Exceptions for Conversion from Meters to Feet
Aerodrome elevation and threshold elevation are generally only

provided with their converted feet value.
Aerodrome
elevation On some charts however (QNH-QNH conversion) the original
meter value for the aerodrome elevation is additionally provided
in brackets.
QNH
MSA
QFE
Note:
MSA values in feet are always rounded to the next one hundred
feet. The last two digits are omitted e.g. 31 stands for 3100
feet.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.11.1.12 Minimum
Sector Altitude (MSA)
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395390
*1395390*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
QNH
Transition QFE
altitude
Note:
Feet values are rounded to the next ten feet. Meter values
referenced to QFE carry the suffix ”QFE”, QNH values are
printed without suffix. The QFE conversion datum for TA-value
on Lido charts is (analogous to FMS Database) always airport
elevation.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.10.2 Basic Altimeter
Setting Requirements
Conversion tables are provided on the chart plan view. Altitude

Conversion conversion (below transition altitude) QNH / QNH.
tables
Notes: Feet values are rounded to the next ten feet.
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395390

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
Indication of conversion and reference datum altitude

conversion (below transition altitude) QFE / QNH.
Note: Feet values are rounded to the next ten feet.
Conversion
tables
Indication of conversion and reference datum.
Pressure difference: The QNH can be calculated from a given

QFE.
For example: QFE (as by ATC/ATIS) 998hPa, Delta hPa + 23hPa
= QNH 1021 hPa
Flight level conversion (above transition altitude) according the

officially published cruising tables.
Note:
Feet values are rounded to the next one hundred feet. On SID,
STAR and AFC a table derived from the officially published
cruising tables with all values above the transition altitude is
provided.
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395391
*1395391*
General Part
LAT
16-SEP-2021
3.3 Airport Facility Chart (AFC)
The AFC consists of the following components:
• Plan view;
• RWY information;
• Communication information.
The AFC plan view features a general overview over the airport area, displays all NAVAIDs within the coverage
of the chart plan view and provides information about all arrival and departure procedures. The procedures
are displayed and labeled only with their last (SID) or first segment (STAR). Where no SIDs and STARs are
published, AFCs may show AWY/ATS route information where required to serve the airport as an area chart.
For standard AFCs (those without AWY/ATS Route components) waypoints are depicted within the coverage of
the AFC when defined as first waypoint of a STAR, last waypoint of a SID or as IAF(s) for the approaches
depicted.
Holding patterns including their required NAVAIDs and waypoints are shown within the AFC frame when
associated to Arrivals, Transitions and those belonging to the displayed approaches.
Exceptions:
TACAN, ILS, ILS DME, LOC DME and LOC facilities are only charted on AFCs when they are relevant as best
approach to the individual runways for the procedure shown.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1824341
*1824341*
LAT General Part
16-SEP-2021
AFC Legend
Approach Data Box
The approach data box with its pointer to the approach direction, inbound
track and glide path figures, features the best straight-in approach
published in the standard Lido Route Manual for the corresponding RWY
including:
• Corresponding frequency and call sign;
• Morse code;
• Any applicable procedure altitude with distance reference steps;
• For precision approach, final approach intercept altitude (normally
FAP) and OM or equivalent fix altitude plus any other officially
published procedure altitudes down to DA with distance reference
steps;
• For non precision approach, descent point, FAF, check ALT related
to the continuous descent angle down to the MDA.
Notes:
a) All Lido calculated crossing altitudes are printed in italic font.
Distance figures shown in bold font are related to a delayed
descent point.
b) The best approach is shown on the AFC in the following order:
- Priority 1: ILS (INCL all LOC approach subtypes) and GLS
approaches in the following order: Cat 3, Cat 2, Cat 1
- Priority 2: RNAV (GNSS) or RNP approaches ( VNAV guidance
has priority over LNAV only)
- Priority 3: Non-Precision approaches (VOR has priority over
NDB)
- Priority 4: RNAV (RNP) or RNP (AR) approaches
Note:
For procedures with and without suffixes the display for the best
approach will be:
- Procedures without suffixes take priority over those with
suffixes (for ILS and GLS provided they are published with the
same aircraft category)
- Suffix A has priority over B and C, suffix 1 has priority over 2
and 3 and Z has priority over Y and X etc.
The suffix itself is not shown in the AFC approach data box.
c) Procedures such as ILS Cat 1 SA and Cat 2 SA, Letdown,
Cloudbreak, Circling, Visual, RNAV Visual, Training, Trial or PAR
and SRA if published with minima only as well as tailored or
company approach types on standard AFCs are intentionally
omitted.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1824341

General Part
LAT
16-SEP-2021
Communication Frequencies Box
Communication frequencies on AFC show all ATC and Ground frequencies for the specific airport (EXC de-
icing FREQs).
Operating hours are displayed only if the frequency is NOT operating continuously.
Landing Runway System Information
⇒ Legends and Tables General Information 3.4.3 Landing Runway System Information
Emergency Safe Altitude (100NM Minimum Safe Altitude)
Where provided by state authority, an airport's Emergency Safe Altitude is
provided on the AFC.
The reference point for an 100NM Emergency Safe Altitude is the airport
reference point unless otherwise indicated.
An Emergency Safe Altitude provides at least 1000ft of obstacle clearance
outside of mountainous areas and at least 2000ft in mountainous areas.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1824342
*1824342*
General Part
LAT
03-OCT-2019
3.4 Instrument Approach Chart (IAC)
The chart sequence of the IACs is generally determined by 1st priority: type of approach (ILS, LOC, RNAV or
RNP, VOR, NDB, LCTR, Visual, Circling...), including subtypes 2nd priority: RWY (RWY 07, RWY 18, RWY 25,
...), left before center before right (RWY 07L, RWY 07C, RWY 07R, RWY 18, ...)
The IAC consists of the components:
• Plan view
• RWY description
• Profile and distance/altitude table
• Approach minima
Lido considers the following types as instrument approaches:

Straight-In
ICAO and EASA OPS: A straight-in approach is any approach where the final approach track is offset by not
more than 30° for CAT A/B ACFT or by not more than 15° for CAT C/D ACFT.
TERPS: A straight-in approach is considered acceptable if the angle between the final approach track and
the RWY CL is 30° or less.
Lido standard: Straight-in approach minima will be shown whenever published by State sources for the
respective ACFT types.
Letdown
(Letdown titles will be successively deleted WEF 10 NOV 2016)
The IAC subtype "Letdown" consists of letdown approach and cloudbreak procedures. Both are instrument
procedures guiding the pilot into a position to land by visual means at airports where no straight-in
instrument approach procedure to a specific runway is published. A letdown or cloudbreak procedure ends
at the Missed Approach Point (MAPt) and usually has to be continued with a circling to the runway of
intended landing. The published minimum assures obstacle clearance within the PANS OPS circling area. If
the circling is limited to the TERPS circling area, this is marked accordingly in the minima section. The
subtype “Letdown” is normally not used by ATC for approach clearance.
Lido considers the following type as instrument approach continuation:

Circling
An extension of an IAP which provides for visual circling of the AD prior to landing. It is a flight procedure to
be executed within a specified area (ICAO, TERPS or New TERPS).
The circling has to be executed solely by visual means and usually begins at the end (MAPt) of a specific
IAP (ILS, LOC, VOR, Letdown, etc.).
Lido considers the following type as visual approach:

Visual
A series of predetermined maneuvers by visual reference from the initial approach fix, or where applicable,
from the beginning of a defined arrival route to a point from which a landing can be completed and
thereafter, if landing is not completed, a go-around procedure can be carried out.
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1568905
*1568905*
LAT General Part
03-OCT-2019
3.4.1 IAC Chart Title
IACs are titled as far as possible according to the source while conforming to the naming conventions
a mentioned in the Approach Procedure Designator Box (APDB).
a ⇒ Legends and Tables General Information 3.4.2 IAC Plan View
a In some cases the chart title will differ from the APDB as described below.
Canada Montreal Mirabel Intl
IAC
ILS or NDB 24
ILS 24
111.7 IIT
NDB 24
317 ZMX
Spain Malaga Costa del Sol
IAC
a Procedures published in the source that are ILS Y 12 / LOC Y 12
independent of each other ILS Y 12
D 110.55 IMG
IMG
LOC Y 12
D 110.55 IMG
IMG
a -
Tajikistan Kulob
IAC
ILS 01 / NDB + NDB 01
ILS 01
108.1 ICG
ICG
NDB + NDB
01
Croatia Dubrovnik Cilipi

IAC
a Tempo chart prefixed to the Procedure Tempo VOR Y 12

Designator as is the same with all chart types. VOR Y 12
D 115.4 DBK
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1568905

General Part
LAT
05-MAR-2020
3.4.1.1 Performance Based Navigation (PBN) Parenthetical Suffixes
For PBN type approaches Authorization required (AR) shall be suffixed to all Lido Instrument Approach PBN
chart titles for procedures requiring authorization, when they are still officially designated as RNAV (RNP) or
recently changed in the official source to RNP (AR).
Official Procedure designator titled RNAV
(RNP) based on FAA PBN standards or not
yet changed to RNP (AR)
IAC
Authorization required (AR) will be added to the RNAV (RNP) Z 08L (AR)
Lido Chart title.
IAC
Official Procedure designator titled RNP
RNP 02 (AR)
All RNP approaches (without AR) will obtain a parenthetical suffix (e.g LNAV/VNAV only) whenever no
LNAV only minima is available. Lido adheres to the official ICAO procedure naming conventions. This
is independent of the official chart title publication.
IAC
RNP Procedure that has only LPV minima
RNP 23 (LPV only)
-
RNP Procedure that has only LNAV/VNAV
IAC
minima
RNAV (GPS) 23 (LNAV/VNAV only)
A-RNP Procedure that has only LNAV/VNAV
IAC
minima
RNP 23 (A-RNP) (LNAV/VNAV only)
RNP Procedure that has both, LPV and
IAC
LNAV/VNAV minima, but no LNAV only minima
RNAV (GNSS) 23 (LPV, LNAV/VNAV only)
IAC
RNP Procedure that has only LP minima.
RNP Y 23 (LP only)
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626272
*1626272*
LAT General Part
05-MAR-2020
3.4.2 IAC Plan View
Airspaces: TMAs and CTRs are not provided on IACs.
The Approach Procedure Designator Box contains the
following information:
• The procedure title. ILS 29
109.55 OEX
• All NAVAID frequencies and identifiers providing lateral
guidance on the final approach segment.
• Morse code for the listed NAVAID(s) that are not on the
plan view.
If two or more independent NAVAIDs or components thereof are ILS + DME

required, they are separated by a ”+” (plus) and the principal 25
NAVAID used for final approach and for the determination of 109.5 NIEL
landing minima is shown first, e.g. ILS + DME, NDB + NDB +
DME. D 114.2 OCH
ILS or LOC
Approach Possibly different to official publications the Instrument
Procedure Approach Charts will successively show "ILS or LOC" if the 25R
Designator localizer-only approach is published on the same chart as the D 110.3 ILAS
Box ILS approach.
If two or more approach procedures to a given runway are ILS 34

shown on the same approach chart, the designators are D 109.8 IKEN
separated by a ”/” (slash) or alternatively with the word "or" in
the chart name and listed one below the other in the approach VOR 34
procedures designator box, e.g. ILS 34/VOR 34. D 114.3 KEN
If two or more approach procedures for a given runway are ILS DME
based on the same final NAVAID and use the same identifier, 25L TD VOR
but cannot be displayed on a single approach chart, they are
depicted on separate charts using identical designators D109.3 IEFF
followed by the name of the NAVAID or waypoint that identifies
the IAF (e.g. ILS DME 25L TD VOR and ILS DME 25L TH VOR). 114.3 TD
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626272

General Part
LAT
05-MAR-2020
If two or more approach procedures for a given runway are ILS DME
based on the same final NAVAID and use the same identifier, 25L TH VOR
but cannot be displayed on a single approach chart, they are
depicted on separate charts using identical designators D109.3 IEFF
followed by the name of the NAVAID or waypoint that identifies
the IAF (e.g. ILS DME 25L TD VOR and ILS DME 25L TH VOR). 114.8 TH
Conventional ILS DME approach with RNAV segments or ILS DME

transitions leading to final approach 08R
RNAV is shown as suffix only if used in state source with the RNAV
aim to differentiate two different procedures leading to the D 108.55 DSE
same conventional final approach aid.
ILS DME
Conventional ILS DME approach
08R
D 108.55 DSE
Approach
Procedure
Designator
Box
ILS DME
A 25L
D 108.7 IGRO
If a state identifies two or more approach procedures which are
based on the same NAVAID, they are usually shown with a
suffix, e.g. A, One, Z. The primary approach procedure is
normally the one closest to either end of the alphabet. For
example, a Z approach in the case of separate Z, Y and X
approaches, or an A approach for A, B and C procedures.
Some authorities may use different suffixes like W and X iso Y ILS DME
and Z.
One 25L
D 108.7 IGRO
LOC + DME
Localizer Backcourse (Localizer Backbeam) approaches are Back CRS
designated as LOC Back CRS. 25
118.3 NIEL
D 114.2 OCH
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626273
*1626273*
LAT General Part
05-MAR-2020
LDA 30
D 111.9 BD
Localizer Type Directional Aid Approach (LDA)
D 113.5 BGN
The GLS (GBAS Landing System) approach procedure GLS Z

designator is always shown together with the
• GBAS Procedure Channel; and
07L
• the Procedure Ident. CH 21159
G07A
Locator approach or RNAV overlay approach based on Locator LCTR

("LCTR" or "L") ground facility guidance. A note "for RNAV
overlay GPS required" will be added to chart plan view where 01
required.
⇒ Navigation General Information 3.2.7 RNAV Overlay Approach 397 FV
Approach
Procedure
Designator
Box
NDB approach or RNAV overlay approach procedure based on NDB 10

NDB ground facility guidance.
A note "for RNAV overlay GPS required" will be added to the
chart plan view where required. 415 RTB
⇒ Navigation General Information 3.2.7 RNAV Overlay Approach
NDB approach based on a facility located off the upwind

NDB Back
threshold of the landing runway. This procedure title is only CRS 05
used by countries within the Commonwealth of Independent 618 K
States (CIS).
RNP approach
RNAV (GPS)
with designator RNAV (GPS) 07L
without PBN requirements box.
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626273

General Part
LAT
05-MAR-2020
RNAV
RNP approach
with designator RNAV (GNSS) (GNSS)
without PBN requirements box. 07L
RNAV
RNP approach
with designator RNAV (DME DME) (DME DME)
without PBN requirements box. 07L
RNP approach
with designator RNAV (GPS) RNAV (GPS)
with PBN requirements box.
PBN box provides:
07L
- NAV specification + RNP APCH
- NAV sensor required + GPS required
Approach - Functional requirement(s) where prescribed for the procedure
Procedure
Designator
Box
RNP approach
with designator RNAV (GNSS) RNAV(GNSS)
PBN box provides:
07L
- NAV specification + RNP APCH
- NAV sensor required + GNSS required
- Functional requirement(s) where prescribed for the procedure
RNP approach RNAV

with designator RNAV (DME DME)
with PBN requirements box. (DME DME)
07L
PBN box provides: RNP APCH
- NAV specification + GPS or DME DME
- NAV sensor required + required
RNP approach
with designator RNP
RNP 07L
PBN box provides:
- NAV specification +
- NAV sensor required + RNP APCH
- Functional requirement(s) where prescribed for the procedure GNSS required
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626274
*1626274*
LAT General Part
05-MAR-2020
A-RNP (= Advanced RNP) approach with designator RNP (A-
RNP) with PBN requirements box.
PBN box provides: RNP Y 27
• NAV specification + (A-RNP)
• NAV sensor required +
A-RNP
• Functional requirement(s) where prescribed for the GNSS, RF required
procedure
RNAV (RNP)
RNP AR approach
with designator RNAV (RNP) 01
without PBN requirements box.
RNP AR approach
with designator RNAV (RNP) RNAV (RNP)
Approach with PBN requirements box.
Procedure PBN box provides:
01
Designator - NAV specification +
Box RNP AR APCH
- NAV sensor required + GNSS, RF required
RNP AR approach
with designator RNAV (RNP) and (AR) suffixed by Lido.
RNAV (RNP)
with PBN requirements box. 01 (AR)
PBN box provides:
- NAV specification + RNP AR APCH
RNP AR approach
with designator RNP (AR) RNP 07L
PBN box provides:
(AR)
- NAV specification + RNP AR APCH
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626274

General Part
LAT
05-MAR-2020
RNP approach
with designator RNAV (GPS)
with LPV/LP information.
RNAV (GPS)
LPV/LP information provides: 04
• SBAS provider, e.g. WAAS (Wide Area Augmentation WAAS
System) or EGNOS (European Geostationary Navigation CH 56509
Overlay Service) depending on region W13A
• Channel Number RNP APCH
• Reference Identification GPS required
RNP approach
with designator RNP
with LPV/LP information.
RNP 05
LPV/LP information provides: 04
• SBAS provider, e.g. WAAS (Wide Area Augmentation EGNOS
System) or EGNOS (European Geostationary Navigation CH 66610
Overlay Service) depending on region E05A
• Channel Number RNP APCH
• Reference Identification GPS required
Approach
Procedure
Designator VOR or GPS
Box Special US-type conventional VOR or overlay GPS approach for
which ground-based NAVAIDs are not required, provided RAIM 13L
or AIME is used for integrity checks. D 112.3 CRI
D 115.9 JFK
Facility Based Circling Procedure

A visual procedure usually following an IAP to bring the ACFT
into a position from where a safe descent to the RWY of NDB A
intended landing can be made. A straight-in landing might not
be possible due to steep descent gradient or final approach
track alignment (off-set). The minima box can prohibit a
straight-in landing by showing: "Straight-in Not authorized".
Official publication (mainly in France) may also use the term 431 AB
MVL (Manoeuvre à Vue Libre) instead of circling in the minima
section.
NDB Approach or Facility Based Circling to RWY 10

If a RWY designator is shown in the procedure designator box
NDB A
for a circling procedure, the circling has a compulsory target 10
RWY (RWY of intended landing).
Minima box will indicate whether straight-in and/or circling
minima are applicable. 431 AB
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626275
*1626275*
LAT General Part
05-MAR-2020
Circling with prescribed tracks to a specific RWY. The track to

be flown is shown on the plan-view. The procedure designator Circling
box shows the RWY designator of the compulsory target RWY 22
(RWY of intended landing). Official minima publication (mainly with
in France) may also use the terms MVI (Manoeuvre à Vue prescribed
Imposée) or VPT (Visual Prescribed Track) in the minima tracks
section. VPT is also used in radio communication.
Facility based circling procedure with 'circling' as part of the

VOR
official approach procedure title. Procedure to be completed Circling
within the circling area. D 117.9 MEN
Minima box shows further details.
Parkway
Non-standard approach procedures are always shown on
separate charts and are designated in plain language, e.g. Visual
Visual 32 City, Parkway Visual 13L/R, etc. 13L/R
Approach
Procedure
Designator
Box
RNAV
Visual approach officially published with additional RNAV
guidance information (e.g. RNAV waypoints) leading to the Visual 30
designated RWY are titled "RNAV Visual".
PAR 07
Precision Approach Radar
SRA 19
Surveillance Radar Approach
SRA 19
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626275

General Part
LAT
05-MAR-2020
VOR Y 35
a Approach Procedures available at the discretion of ATC and not
usable for flight planning purposes, are shown with "(ATC)" (ATC)
after the procedure designator.
D 110.2 TAG
Conventional approach example with temperature limit for ILS or LOC

Approach
altitude corrections. 07C
Procedure A snowflake symbol and associated temperature limit indicates 108.95 IRER
mandatory altitude corrections to be applied to this procedure
Designator
Box when the airport temperature is at or below the indicated value. IRER
-21°C/-6°F
RNAV (RNP)
PBN approach example with temperature limit for altitude
corrections. 01 (AR)
A snowflake symbol and associated temperature limit indicates -21°C/-6°F
mandatory altitude corrections to be applied to this procedure
when the airport temperature is at or below the indicated value. RNP AR APCH
GNSS, RF required
Localizer symbol shown in the plan view of charts is a fixed

symbol without giving any reference to signal coverage or the
ILS, MLS or GLS GS intercept point.
The symbol should normally cover the distance from threshold
to FAP/FAF.
Non-Directional Beacon (NDB): If NDB facilities are installed

on the extended RWY centerline beyond the upwind THR, they
are shown on the IAC plan view even if not required for the
charted procedure.
Lead-in lights or circling guidance lights provide a visual

straight-in or curved approach path to avoid terrain or for noise
abatement purposes. The lights consist of one or more groups
of flashing white lights and may be augmented by steady
burning lights.
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626276
*1626276*
LAT General Part
05-MAR-2020
6
°
207
a 45° / 180° Procedure Turn
3
0
4
170
00
a here shown with the turning direction "Right". 072° 17
170 27
R0 5
0
1
MAX 185KT
a 80° / 180° Procedure Turn
2°
a here shown with turning direction "Left" and a speed
03
P 1
restriction of MAX 185KT.
292
° 12
RNAV (RNP) or RNP (AR) Approach Specials

RNP Values
RNP values are displayed anytime they are given in the source.
The RNP value is displayed below the first waypoint or NAVAID
of every IAC leg when the RNP value changes. If the first leg of
a procedure requires RNP 1.0 this value is shown below or next
to the first waypoint. An RNP value will then be added to the
first waypoint of every subsequent procedure leg when the RNP
value changes. The final approach RNP value is not displayed
at the Final Approach Fix (FAF), this information is given in the
minima section only. Sequential less restrictive RNP values
shall never be selected prior to the fix shown in the chart.
Exception Final Approach:
A less restrictive MISAP RNP value may be applied for lateral
guidance when passing but not before the DA/H equivalent
position.
TENRE
RNP 0.5
WETIL
MAX 200KT D
E ZARGA
L 3.7 Arc L
RNP 1.0 Arc
Radius to Fix Segments (RF Legs)
338 D
E 5
D a Eu RW31R
s RNP
° 0.3
7
22
All radius to fix legs include the arc distance and turn direction.
The text will arc with the leg. If this is not possible a leader line
is used pointing to the arc. The distance is displayed to the h
hundredth decimal place if given in the source. 2.77 Arc L
BRTSN 3.0 G
E 263?L
D
10000
4.4
Note: The arc's center fix is omitted by intention. This fix is for
00
RONNN
h 88
RNP 0.8E
D
FMS coding only.
172°
8400
1.7
D
E RW07
SHLTE 3.32 Arc L RNP 1.0
5.2 0
SARAH
>u
g
s
F 082°
70
RNP 1.0 L
0
7.0
L 082?7000
G TAILR
The NAV specification RNP AR APCH for IACs officially

designated RNAV (RNP), will be shown as a plan view note
"Authorization required" when not part of the PBN Authorization required
requirements box in the lower part of the Approach Procedure
Designator Box.
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626276

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
3.4.3 Landing Runway System Information
The landing runway system information shows the runway including approach lights with information relevant
for landing. It is provided for concrete and gravel surface runways only. All lengths and distances in this
chapter are depicted in meters only.
Landing Runway System Information Legend
7 1 7a ec f j d
RTLZ 1200m
3.0° 60 HL
14 140 2660 G 50 15 HL
3.0°
4
HL-P2F TDZ 186 (+0.2%) / THR 182 (7hPa) +0.4%
b k 10 h
g e f d
RCLL green
3.1° 60 L 8
01 2800 x 45 30 L
5
600
ML-N2 THR 194 (7hPa) / TDZ 196 (+0.1%) +0.3%
2 3 i 6 9
Note:
Where only one boxed value is shown without prefix underneath RWY sketch
THR elevation and hPa value is indicated only (former standard).
Example: 194 / 7hPa
Approach Light System Category 2 and 3

The first 300m in front of the threshold forms the typical Cat 2
1 and 3 approach lighting system. It may be combined with any
of the below depicted approach systems.
⇒ Aerodromes General Information 1 Approach and Runway
Lighting Systems
Approach Light System Abbreviations
2 Identification letter of the approach light system, with intensity
(high, medium, low or variable: H, M, L or HL, ML).
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917520
*1917520*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
P2: ICAO Standard Cat 2 and 3
Approach light system with red side row lights the last
300m/1000ft. Centerline lights white; longitudinal spacing
30m/100ft. Minimum two crossbars located 150m/500ft and
300m/1000ft from THR.
The depicted approach lighting system symbols will be used to
show all types of approach lighting systems. Specific lighting
system variants not affecting the categorization may locally
appear.
P1: ICAO Standard Cat 1

Centerline lights white; longitudinal spacing 30m / 100ft,
except US lighting system spacing 60m / 200ft. At least one
crossbar located 300m / 1000ft from THR.
S: ICAO Standard Simple Approach Light System

2 MAX longitudinal spacing of lights 60m / 200ft. At least one
crossbar located 300m / 1000ft from THR.
N: Non-standard Light System

Any approach light system which does not meet the above
requirements.
Suffix F: (P2F, SF, NF)

Flashing light unit
Indicates that sequenced flashing lights are available (normally
from beginning of approach light system to 300m / 1000ft from
THR). Each approach light system can be supplemented with
sequenced flashing lights.
Suffix R: (P1R)
Flashing RAIL unit
Runway alignment indicator lights (RAIL), mainly used in US
approach light systems. Instead of barrettes there are
sequenced flashing lights available.
Approach Light System Length is provided whenever
3 deviating from standard, which is 900m (3000ft) for ICAO, and
2400ft (730m) for U.S. approach light systems.
Centerline Lights (RCLL) (last 900m-300m / 3000ft-1000ft
4
white/red intermittent, last 300m-0m / 1000ft-0ft red).
Centerline Lights (RCLL) Spacing and light intensity (high,
5 medium, low or variable: H, M, L or HL, ML). See Lights, Visual
Aids, Arresting Systems for details.
Centerline Lights all white (other non-standard coloring is
6
specified with additional text).
7 Designator
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917520

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
Displaced Threshold can be shown as either lighted or

unlighted threshold. The length of the displacement is
additionally provided.
7a • lighted displaced. THR with length of displacement
• unlighted displaced THR with length of displacement
Edge Light Spacing and Intensity (high, medium, low or

variable: H, M, L or HL, ML).
8
⇒ Aerodromes General Information 1.6 Standard Runway Lighting
Systems and Markings
9 Edge Lights: White, non-standard
Edge Lights: Standard edge lights (white) for an instrument

10 runway with Yellow Caution Zone (YCZ) featuring yellow lights
for the last 600m / 2000ft or 1/3 of the RWY length whichever
is less.
Grooved or PFC surface: G;
Non-grooved or non-PFC surface: x
11
Any other kind of runway treatment like anti-skid surface, chip-
seal type or wire combed is not indicated.
Landing Distance Available (LDA) beyond THR and displaced
THR (not scaled).
12 When a runway is not usable for landing a plain text remark is
added above the runway sketch.
Note: In such case the physical runway length is shown.
Non-standard Runway Centerline Lights (RCLL), or Runway
Touchdown Zone Lights (RTZL) are specified (RCLL only unless
13 all white).
Non-standard RWY lightings (e.g. No RWY end lights) is shown
in plain text.
Vertical Glide Slope Indicator (VGSI) Systems
PAPI - Precision Approach Path Indicator
VASIS - Visual Approach Slope Indicator System
Note: IACs provide either glide path or CDA (Constant Descent
Angle) as well as the VGSI system calibration angle whenever
possible. Additional information about alignment (non-
14 coincidence) between VGSI and CDA is not given.
PAPI / APAPI
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917521
*1917521*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
3.0°
3-bar VASIS
3.0°
T-bar VASIS
A T-bar VASIS, e.g. here on the left side
14
3-bar AVASIS, e.g. here on the left side
2-bar AVASIS, e.g. here on the left side
Pulsating VGSI (PVASI/PLASI)
VGSI with EWH (Canada only)
PAPI / VASIS calibration angle
15
2.5°/3.0°
3-bar VASIS with multiple angles
2.5°/3.0°
PAPI with multiple angles

© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917521

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
Runway End Identifier Light (REIL) / Runway Threshold
16 Identification Light (RTIL): flashing lights on both sides of
THR (example: approach from the left).
Slope Information in %
The average runway slope is provided for all runways. In
addition the TDZ slope will be calculated and provided with an
average slope for the first 900m/3000ft of the landing RWY, if
17 official data are available. A negative slope is indicated for
downward slopes (e.g. -0.2%), a positive slope is indicated for
upward slopes (e.g. +0.3%).
Note: If TDZ slope cannot be calculated due to lack of official
data it will be indicated with "TDZ ---%".
Threshold elevation and pressure difference in hPa between

QNH and QFE (rounded value in ICAO standard atmosphere).
194 / 7hPa
Enhancement WEF MAY 2016

Threshold elevation and pressure difference in hPa between
QNH and QFE (rounded value in ICAO standard atmosphere) and
18 Touchdown Zone elevation with average TDZ slope in percent
where available.
TDZ elevation is used as landing minimum reference level for
straight-in DH/MDH calculation.
When THR elevation is shown in bold figures THR is used as THR 194 (7hPa) / TDZ 198 (---%)
straight-in landing minimum reference level for DH/MDH
calculation.
Note:
Same Landing Runway System sketch will be used for
Circling/Letdown approaches despite the fact that MDH for
these approach types is always referenced to AD elevation.
Runway Touchdown Zone Lights (RTZL), standard 900m /

3000ft.
19 Simple Runway Touchdown Zone Lights (SRTZL)

Two pairs of unidirectional lights at least 1.5m / 5ft, or half the
touchdown marking width apart, located on each side of the
runway centerline 0.3m / 1ft upwind and aligned with the
touchdown zone markings on the runway surface.
20 Width
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917522
*1917522*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
3.4.4 Profile and Distance / Altitude Table
For all non-precision approaches, an advisory Constant Descent Angle (CDA) is provided, which is calculated
from touchdown zone over a 50ft barrier at threshold and the highest limiting procedure altitude (according to
published AIP stepdown approach) up to the intermediate approach altitude.
Any descent point being different from the position of the Final Approach Fix (FAF), as well as altitudes being
calculated with an advisory CDA that are higher than the published corresponding stepdown descent
altitudes, are shown in the profile.
Any calculated advisory CDA will have a minimum glide angle of 3.00° except if otherwise defined by state
authority with a lower/higher glide slope angle.
The advisory vertical guidance does not guarantee obstacle protection within the visual segment after
passing the DA/MDA until touchdown.
3.48°
4 6 8 9 10 12.9
D KLO
Offset 2°
2710 3440 4180 4550 4920 6000 RWY 333°
The distance/altitude table is providing the advisory CDA altitudes and normally shows the corresponding
CDA altitude (never below minimum altitude) for every other NM (rounded up to the next 10ft) down to the
DA/MDA.
• The table starts normally at the TOD (Descent point (D), FAP (P) or FAF (F)) as shown in the profile
section.
• The table ends either at the lowest MDA or at the MAPt whichever comes first. Where the MAPt is
located beyond the THR, the table ends at THR or DISPL THR respectively.
The distance/altitude table is published whenever a CDA profile can be offered.
The distance/altitude table is omitted for all approaches where a straight-in is not authorized and for all types
of circling approaches where a CDA profile to reach the MDA at the MAPt is not calculated.
Note: On combined ILS or APV / Non-precision Approach (NPA) charts, the values given in the distance
/ altitude table refer to the NPA.
Columns intentionally left blank in the distance/altitude table are colored gray.
Official AIP values are shown in normal font, Lido calculated values in italic font.
Content of the Information Box
Old Standard - Charted Until 16 JUN 2021
The type of non-precision approach (only for ILS charts with associated
1st row non-precision approach) and the calculated descent angle.
The distance reference. When a suitable DME facility is not available (or
2nd row for RNP approaches) the distance/altitude table will be referenced to RWY
THR, MAPt or VNAV anchor point.
The inbound track (only if RWY QFU differs by 1° or more) as long as
3rd row approach is directed to one specific RWY.
4th row The RWY QFU (only if it differs 1° or more from inbound track).
Note: Any charted offset between final approach track and RWY QFU is based on airport variation as
stored in the Lido FMS database. For ILS Cat 2 and 3 approaches the offset calculation is based
on the official procedure variation, taking into account the facility declination by comparing the
resulting true FAT with the true RWY BRG. Means: If no value is shown in 3rd and 4th row for an
ILS approach, no offset is given for this approach.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917522

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
Content of the Information Box
New Standard - Charted WEF 17 JUN 2021
The type of non-precision approach (only for ILS charts with associated
1st row non-precision approach) and the calculated descent angle.
The distance reference. When a suitable DME facility is not available (or LOC 3.06°
2nd row for RNP approaches) the distance/altitude table will be referenced to RWY D IJOC
THR, MAPt or VNAV anchor point.
Offset 3°
The numerical offset value between true FAT and true RWY bearing as RWY 225°
3rd row long as the approach is directed to one specific RWY.
4th row The RWY QFU (only when an offset is published in the 3rd row).
Note: A charted offset is shown for any straight-in approach type and takes into consideration the
procedure variation and where applicable the facility declination as stored in the FMS-DB. The
true FAT is is compared with the true RWY bearing and the resulting difference is shown when
an offset of 1° or more exists. Consequently the magnetic values may be different without an
offset being indicated. The approach procedure variation used in the calculation of the magnetic
FAT shall be displayed on the IAC.
Combined Precision and Non-precision Approach or Combined APV and Non-precision Approach
Precision as well as APV approach profiles also cover the non-precision approach part, if one is available,
typically for ILS and LOC, or RNP APCH with APV and LNAV only guidance. In case of differences between the
two profiles, the non-precision portion (i.e. LOC or LNAV only) is shown with a special symbol providing a
descent point, LOC or LNAV only CDFA profile with calculated stepdown altitudes (altitudes are rounded to the
next 10ft).
Depiction of DA/MDA in Profile for Precision Approaches, Approaches with Vertical Guidance and
Non-precision Approaches
Approaches Leading to a DA
• Precision approaches
- ILS
- MLS (not published in the standard Lido Route Manual)
- GLS
- PAR
• APV
- RNP APCH (with LPV or LNAV/VNAV guidance) (Note)
- RNP (AR) (Note)
- LDA with GP
- IGS with GP
Approaches Leading to an MDA

© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917523
*1917523*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
• Non-precision approaches
- LOC
- VOR
- NDB
- SRA
- GPS
- RNP APCH (with LP or LNAV only guidance) (Note)
c - LDA without GP
c - IGS without GP
• Circling approaches
• Letdown approaches
Note: An RNP APCH is typically named RNAV (GNSS), RNAV (GPS) or RNP, in rare cases RNAV (DME
DME).
An RNP AR APCH is typically named RNAV (RNP) or RNP (AR).
Approaches leading to an MDA may still be flown with CDFA technique using advisory VNAV.
All ILS or APV charts with combined non-precision approach part(s) will show the term MDA in the profile
section. All precision approaches and APVs not combined with non-precision approaches will show the term
DA in the profile section.
ILS Approach charted together with non-precision LOC Approach

© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917523

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
Non-precision Approach with extended visual portion after MAPt

ILS and GLS Approach Profile
Profile depiction of GLS and ILS with LOC only part not authorized
Standard: MISAP arrow starts in profile for GLS and ILS with LOC not authorized at RW (THR).
Specials: Wherever a MM is published MISAP arrow starts at MM or equivalent position.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917524
*1917524*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
RNP Approach Profile Without LNAV only Guidance
3.00°
10.8 9 7 5 3 2 3.0° 60 HL
RW10R
10R 3262 G 61 15 HL
3500 2940 2300 1660 1030 710
7 / 0hPa TDZ ---% +0.1%
11.9 RW10R 10.8 5.8 RW10R
DOTNE JULOS
104° to IGUKE
3500 G K
L L 104 1900 103° to DUMBA
°
climb 3600
F
L
RW10R
N37 37.6 1900 DA
GS 120 140 160
W122 23.6 60 640 740 850
5.8 5
DIST to THR 10 0
Typical VNAV guided profile section with Landing Runway System (APL sketch) showing THR ELEV only
3.00°
10.8 9 7 5 3 2 3.0° 60 HL
RW10R
10R 3262 G 61 15 HL
3500 2940 2300 1660 1030 710
THR 7 (0hPa) / TDZ 8 (---%) +0.1%
11.9 RW10R 10.8 5.8 RW10R
DOTNE JULOS
104° to IGUKE
3500 G L
L K 104 1900 103° to DUMBA
°
climb 3600
F
L
RW10R
N37 37.6 1900 DA
GS 120 140 160
W122 23.6 60 640 740 850
5.8 5
DIST to THR 10 0
Typical VNAV guided profile section with Landing Runway System (APL sketch) showing THR and TDZ ELEV
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917524

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
Depiction of combined RNP procedures (named either RNAV or RNP) showing VNAV and/or LNAV minima
Note: In combined procedures showing VNAV and LNAV minima, priority will be given to the non-
precision approach part with its minimum altitudes to be depicted within the grayed out profile
segment.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917525
*1917525*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
3.4.5 IAC Profile
The descent point indicates the point where the Lido
calculated constant descent is commenced.
It may be located prior to the FAF/FAP or coincides with the
FAP/FAF or may be in exceptional cases located beyond the
FAF.
The descent point is shown to assist pilots identifying the ideal
point for commencement of descent in order to achieve and
maintain a constant descent final approach . The descent point
shown in a Lido IAC profile is neither shown in the official
source nor is the descent point coded within the FMS.
The distance fix associated with the descent point is printed in
bold font.
D10 AE D9 D8.3 D8 D7.4 D6.3 D5 D4

GL
Differing final descent: If the final descent for ILS and LOC From GIPUG 2300 K K
L L
LOC 1660
differs in a way that two flight paths need to be displayed the From AAL 2000 IK
L L08 1510
2° GP 2.
ILS related information is printed in gray font. Caution 1510 75 °
ILS TCH 37ft 1130 840
DIST to THR 5 3.7 2.7
Distance reference can either be a facility providing DME

information or runway threshold and is always provided with
the first distance fix.
Exception: For RNP approaches with a MAPt other than the
RWY threshold, the distance reference is related to the FMS
1 coded MAPt.
Associated distances are shown at specified step points. A
distance reference NAVAID is not shown if it is located beyond
the runway.
All distance fixes (as well as all required NAVAIDs) are
presented by a vertical line and the respective distance.
Distance scale in NM adjusted to read 0NM at the RWY threshold or displaced threshold. The
distances from defined fixes to threshold or displaced threshold is given between the outer marker (or
OM substitute) to threshold (or displaced threshold).
2
Final Approach Fix (FAF): Is provided whenever published in

the AIP.
3 The FAF marks the beginning of the final segment.
If both FAF and FAP are at the same position, only the FAP
symbol is shown.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917525

General Part
LAT
02-SEP-2021
Final Approach Point (FAP): Is provided whenever published
in the AIP or can be calculated by Lido (distance printed in italic
font).
The FAP determines the point where the intermediate approach
altitude intersects the glidepath and marks the beginning of the
precision approach segment.
4 If both FAF and FAP are at the same position, only the FAP
symbol is shown.
If no FAP is published in the source document and more than
one intermediate approach altitudes are published for the
relevant approach, Lido calculates and positions the FAP-
symbol to the intersection of glide slope and intermediate
altitude that is closest to the runway.
Final check altitude: Procedure altitude at Outer Marker (OM)

or substitute (rounded to the next 10ft).
If different procedure altitude values apply for different
procedures on combined charts (e.g. ILS and LOC) each
5 displayed altitude (except ILS) will carry a prefix related to the
type of approach.
Any calculated altitude at the OM or OM substitute (e.g. for
constant descent) will be printed in italic font as shown on the
right.
Glidepath (ILS, GLS and MLS): The procedure glidepath angle

will be charted in the glidepath feather with the value published
in the AIP regardless of its mathematical correctness.
6
The Glidepath symbol in chart profile always reaches from
threshold to FAP (if published in the AIP) or glide slope intercept
altitude without giving any reference to signal coverage.
Constant Descent Angle (CDA): The constant descent angle is
calculated with exact values, thereafter rounded
mathematically to two decimals. 3.10°
The advisory CDA is depicted in the info table. D IZH
The fact that the given ILS GP value is the published AIP value
and the CDA is Lido calculated might lead to profiles that seem
to be inconsistent.
In most cases this is due to inaccuracies and unknown
rounding policies of the publishing state authorities.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1820183
*1820183*
LAT General Part
02-SEP-2021
The CDA for the localizer approach profile calculated by Lido, here depicted with 3.09°, is steeper
than the officially published GP value of 3.00° for the ILS approach.
AIP values are shown in normal font, while Lido calculated values are depicted in italic font.
Glide Path Intercept Altitude: If a glide path intercept altitude

is published in the AIP differing from the corresponding LOC
procedure altitudes, this glide path intercept altitude is charted
in gray font with the prefix ”ILS” and represented by a gray
box.
Ground Speed (GS in KT) / Rate of Descent table (ROD in

ft/min) always refers to the non-precision approach, meaning
that for example on ILS charts only the LOC approach is shown.
The calculation is based on the flight portion from outer marker GS 120 140 160
(or substitute) to the missed approach point (MAPt). OM 650 750 850
1st row: GS in KT (120/140/160KT for ADs below 5000ft AD -MAPt 1:48 1:33 1:22
elevation and 140/160/180KT above)
2nd row: rate of descent in ft/min (rounded to the next 10ft)
3rd row: time (in minutes and seconds)
7
GS 120 140 160
If the source does not authorize the MAPt to be determined by OM 650 750 850
timing, "NA" (Not Authorized) is published. -MAPt NA NA NA
GS 120 140 160

Timing is not shown for approaches without physical MAPt (e.g. 650 750 850
ILS without LOC, GLS, PBN type approaches without LNAV, etc.)
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1820183

General Part
LAT
02-SEP-2021
A blank table is shown for non-precision, circling or letdown

7 approaches not providing either FAF, final ALT and/or physical
MAPt.
Procedure altitude to verify glide slope indication or to verify

vertical navigation (rounded to the next 10ft).
Initial and/or intermediate approach altitude (rounded to the

8
next 10ft).
Mandatory altitudes in profile are prefixed with the word “at”

(rounded to the next 10ft).
Marker beacons (outer, middle, inner) are shown with one

identical gray symbol and without designator.
Some official publications feature procedure altitudes below

9 DA/MDA and after MAPt.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1820184
*1820184*
LAT General Part
02-SEP-2021
Minimum Altitudes on Non-Precision Approach Procedures represent either Minimum Obstacle
Clearance Altitude (MOCA) values or Minimum Procedure Altitudes (whichever is higher) for all
segments of final approach. Minimum Procedure Altitudes are shown as MOCAs only in exceptional
cases where three or more different segment altitudes e.g. a MOCA, a MNM PROC ALT and an
additional PROC ALT is published in state source. Those may be lower than the CDFA related
recommended procedure altitudes published in the profile section above those minimum altitudes.
MOCAs provide an obstacle clearance of 90m/295ft without FAF or 75m/246ft with FAF (rounded to
the next 10ft).
D12.9 OKL D9.8 D5 D1.8 OKL
4000 G
L F 12
L 2460 J
L
8°
1820 MDA
9
A non-CDFA (step down approach, herein depicted with a red line) may be flown if required (due to
failure of DME or FMC capability) down to the MOCA or Minimum Procedure Altitude values shown in
the gray box(es), provided that no mandatory altitudes (prefix “at”) or minimum procedure altitudes
(suffix “+”) are shown above a procedure fix in the procedure line.
D12.5 FRD D9 D5 D1.7 FRD

D15.5 FFM D12 D8 D4.7 FFM
4000 F
L 0702 1590 J
L
°
2870
1590 MDA
Distance to THR 10 5 3.8 0.5 0
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1820184

General Part
LAT
02-SEP-2021
Where two different distance references are provided in the profile, the primary values for the
respective procedure are shown in black color and the secondary values (can be used for substitution)
are shown in gray color.
Distance references belonging to one facility will always be shown in one horizontal line.
Example:
DME values D12.5, D9, D5, D1.7 are all referenced to DME FRD
DME values D15.5, D12, D8, D4.7 are all referenced to DME FFM
Note: Italic font type values are Lido calculated.
D12.5 FRD D9 D5 D1.7 FRD

D15.5 FFM D12 D8 D4.7 FFM
4000 F
L 0702 1590 J
L
°
9 2870
1590 MDA
Distance to THR 10 5 3.8 0.5 0
Old Standard
Minimum procedure altitude is suffixed by a “+”.
New Standard
See Minimum Altitudes (PARA 9) on Non-Precision Approach
Procedures.
Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) Also refer to minimum

crossing altitude above. For details about MDA refer to:
10
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.11.1.4 Minimum
Descent Altitude (MDA) or Minimum Descent Height (MDH)
Old Standard - Until 02 MAR 2017
Missed Approach Point (MAPt) coordinates will be provided
for all types of RNP approaches (incl. RNAV) with LNAV only
guidance.
RWY THR coordinates are shown for all types of RNP
approaches (incl. RNAV) with VNAV guidance.
Exceptions:
1) If the FAT is not aimed to the RWY THR the FMS Database
coded waypoint will be shown.
2) In combined procedures showing VNAV and LNAV minima,
priority will be given to the non-precision approach part. In
those cases the MAPt coordinates will be shown.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1820185
*1820185*
LAT General Part
02-SEP-2021
New Standard - WEF 02 MAR 2017
Lido FMS coded MAPt

For every RNP and RNP AR approach, the coordinates of the
RWY THR, MAPt or VNAV anchor point will be shown.
This point coincides with the FMS MAPt.
Missed Approach Point (MAPt) with an arrow indicating the

missed approach track.
The related distance fix and the missed approach point symbol
are printed in blue font.
11
If the MAPt is defined by time only, Lido will calculate a
distance reference / equivalent which is printed in italic font.
Following the constant descent angle, the MDA might be
reached prior to the missed approach point.
Missed approach text: The routing is described based on the

AIP and adopted to Lido text specifications with respective
abbreviated text portions as they are applicable for SID
procedure text description.
The MISAP text consists of separate instructions. Wherever
possible only one instruction per line is shown.
If more than one instruction is provided in one line the
instructions are separated by a ”dash”.
Turn at an Altitude
"... at or above 700ft left turn ..."
The ALT is a constraint for next MISAP segment when passing
12 700ft during climbing turn.
Note: 254° - at MNM 700 LT

Charting will reflect FMS consistent altitude restriction coding. (MAX 185KT) 199°
The turn needs to be initiated immediately at the indicated (do not turn before MAPt)
MNM altitude. climb 2000
This charting and FMS coding convention is applied for all SID
and MISAP segments terminating with an altitude except for
those segments with a prescribed level off segment following.
This standard is applied irrespective of state publications which
may vary from minimum, recommended or mandatory altitudes
shown for this fix.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1820185

General Part
LAT
02-SEP-2021
Bold font is used for:
• altitudes
• NAVAID identifiers
• turn directions (abbreviated right/left turn (RT/LT))
Note:
The abbreviation RT/LT will only be used as long as no mix-up
with NAVAID idents is possible. Equivalent to the initial altitude
for SIDPT pages, the final MISAP altitude is generally provided
in the last instruction (generally last row) with e.g. the term:
climb 5000
This indicates that a climb to this altitude can be continued if
not explicitly mentioned otherwise.
The final missed approach phase extends to the point where a
new approach, holding or a return to en-route flight is initiated.
Where a holding pattern is shown at the missed approach end
point of the IAC, the aircraft is expected to enter the hold,
except where otherwise charted, vectored and/or cleared.
Standard phrases like "...and hold" or "...and contact ATC" are
intentionally omitted.
If a missed approach procedure does not include a final missed
approach altitude the last instruction will be "climb to fix" (the
word "fix" represents the missed approach end point).
12
Any required level-off (MAX altitude) before reaching the final
MISAP altitude will be explicitly mentioned using the following
expressions:
RT to GOBOL (MAX 2000) at 3000 RT to RTB maintain 3000
The point or the segment at/after which climb can be continued
will be indicated by e.g.:
when passing AGOPI climb 4000
to 7000 after ZUE
after JUG climb 5000
after TAD continue climb to 7000
If the mentioned MISAP altitude has to be reached at some

point within the procedure (point/segment) e.g. the term:
maintain 2300
shall be used as required for intermediate level segments in
between or as the last instruction to indicate the final MISAP
altitude.
Official but self-explanatory notes such as "if unable to comply
with climb restriction advise ATC" are intentionally omitted.
Non-standard climb gradients required during MISAP are
shown in the minima section if and where required with prefix
GA (Go Around).
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1820186
*1820186*
LAT General Part
02-SEP-2021
154°
at D3.5 BLM (MAX 4000) RT 275°
In MISAP text descriptions a speed limit/speed restriction which intercept R230 BLM
applies to a complete MISAP is shown at the end of the MISAP at D13 BLM RT follow D15 BLM Arc
text description. Examples: (MAX 200KT in turns) or (MISAP
MAX 220KT) to ALTIK
climb 5500
(MISAP MAX 220KT)
12
Where two MISAP texts are provided, the first one is related to
the FMS description, the second one to the conventional MISAP
description, except otherwise indicated.
058°
The MISAP text description "RCF: see AOI" indicates, that RCF climb 2000
information is shown within the AOI arrival section under the
header "Communication Failure". RCF: See AOI
All required NAVAIDs (as well as distance fixes) are presented

13
by a vertical line and their identifier.
0.6 RWY16
[CFCHN]
Computer Navigation Fix (CNF)

Where a CNF is depicted in the profile, the identifier in gray is M
shown in brackets. In this example the CNF is used to define
the MAPt. CNF is not to be used in ATC communication.
58
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1820186

General Part
LAT
02-SEP-2021
Reversal procedure
Level turn
14
Reversal procedure
Descending turn
Terrain in Profile: The presentation of terrain in the profile D6 D8 ABC

view will be limited to selected airports.
Whenever a terrain feature in a profile view is provided, it is
considered to be: 4300
• not to scale L
F 4000
°
270
• without specified buffers or splays
• intended to create pilots “alertness” 3360
6.4
The note "OBST BLW MDA" when shown in profile indicates possible penetration(s) in the visual
segment (ICAO) or 34:1 slope penetrations (for FAA TERPS designated charts) after passing the
MDA/DA of an instrument approach.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1820187
*1820187*
LAT General Part
02-SEP-2021
WEF 13 SEP 2018
The Vertical Descent Angle (VDA) and VGSI may not be VGSI and ILS GP
coincident. When published by state source this information is not coincident
added as a note to the profile section of IACs as follows:
• For Precision approaches: VGSI and ILS or GLS GP not
coincident;
• For PBN and Non-Precision approaches: VGSI and FAPA
not coincident.
Threshold Crossing Height (TCH): ILS glidepath height over

threshold as published in AIP.
A caution note is published if the TCH is lower than 40ft or
15 higher than 65ft.
Note: Non-precision approaches are calculated to cross over
RWY THR at 50ft. This value is not shown in the profile. For APV
approaches a TCH will be shown if officially published.
Tracks will be shown directly after the fix from where they apply.
16
Visual Descent Point (VDP)

Visual Descent Points are only shown in the tailored standard
feet version and only if officially published. For the version
featuring feet values the suffix “STF” is shown in inverted print
next to the sheet identification number at the bottom of each
page.
When a VDP can only be used with the QNH from the charted
airport the following note is shown in the profile.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1820187

General Part
LAT
24-JUN-2021
3.4.6 Approach Minima (EASA OPS)
Two different minima standards are presently available within the Lido Route Manual. All standards take into
account the respective basics as given by ICAO (PANS-OPS) and FAA (TERPS) or respective country or local
deviations and will not be published below official state minima.
• EASA OPS standard worldwide, but not below state minima for EASA OPS operators.
• Canada/US customers standard which is based on EASA OPS standards (outside Canada/USA)
respectively on FAA based OpSpecs standards within (Canada/USA). For Canada and USA specials
(minima types shown or omitted by intention on Lido IACs) refer to respective CRARs.
Note: Landing minima are published in the Minima section of the IAC. Take-off minima are published
in the AOI. For landing minima the presentation sequence starts on the left side with the lowest
approach minimum and continues to the right with the circling minimum at the right end of the
table. If more than five minima columns are required in addition to the circling minimum, they
are published on a separate page (Minima overflow page) at the end of the IAC chapter. Only the
lowest permissible minimum for the respective approach is shown in the minima table.
Minima Philosophy
In general standard landing minima values are applicable to the specific type of approach according to the
customer operations manual, except when the Lido Route Manual contains higher values.
Example Interpretation
Cat 3b published • Cat 3b can be used by all certified crews and with ACFT types certified
with 0 - 75R for No DH OPS with 75m RVR. ACFT certified for 100m RVR must use
100m as lowest type specific Cat 3b minimum.
Cat 3a published only if it • Cat 3a can be used by all certified crews and with ACFT types certified
is the lowest permissible for Cat 3a OPS down to their specific landing minimum shown in
(Cat 3b officially not operations manual; e.g. 50 – 200R.
available) or if different
to DH-200R or 0-200R
whenever a Cat 3b
minimum is shown.
Cat 2 published • Cat 2 can be used with 100 - 300R as long as certified according to
with 100 – 300R customer operations manual and crew certification.
Cat 2 OTS (only • Cat 2 OTS are intentionally omitted on Lido standard IACs when an
published when it is the ordinary Cat 2 minimum is available. Cat 2 OTS may be used as long as
lowest permissible certified according to customer operations manual and crew
approach and is explicitly certification. Cat 2 OTS operations: Cat 2 OTS RVR is higher than normal
stated in the AIP) Cat 2 RVR and may be used with published Cat 2 DH e.g. for Cat 2
approaches without APL provided autoland or approved HGS is utilized
to touchdown.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 8.12 Cat 2 and Cat 2 Other Than
Standard (Cat 2 OTS) Operations
Cat 2 OTS minima can be added upon request on tailored Lido IACs.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1794636
*1794636*
General Part
LAT
13-MAY-2021
Cat 1 LTS published • Cat 1 LTS can be used down to a lowest permissible of 200 - 400R by
minima approved operators with ACFT certified for Cat 2 operations. To conduct
Cat 1 LTS operations:
a) The approach shall be flown auto-coupled to an auto-land; or an
approved HGS shall be used to at least 150ft above THR.
b) The autoland system shall be approved for Cat 3a operations.
⇒ Legends and Tables General Information 3.4.6.1 Approach Minima Legend
• Cat 1 LTS landing minima are published on Lido charts for ILS
approaches down to the lowest permissible according to:
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 8.11.3 Cat 1 LTS Operation
Minima
- provided that LVP are established for that specific airport (runway);
and
- Cat 1 LTS landing minima is officially published; or
- the ILS for this runway is used for Cat 1 or 2 approaches provided
the ILS facility performance category is officially published with
minimum Class I/T/1 for operations down to 450m RVR/CMV, or
with minimum Class II/D/2 for operations with less than 450m
RVR/CMV; or
- the ILS for this runway is used for Cat 3 approaches.
Notes:
LTS Cat 1 landing minima are not shown on Lido charts,
• if the ILS is limited to Cat 1 or 2 operations and the facility performance
category is either not officially published or it is not sufficient enough; or
• if no LVP are officially published for that specific airport (runway), or
• if the official source does not allow the use of Cat 1 LTS minima.
• For the following countries, LTS minima are not published due to the
individual operations specifications issued to operators by the national
authorities:
- U.S. territory (FAA and U.S. military base worldwide)
- Canada
- Australia
⇒ Aerodromes General Information 9 ILS Classification

© Lido 2021
Sheet 1778637
*1778637*
LAT General Part
13-MAY-2021
EVS published minima • EVS minima can be used with ILS, GLS, MLS, PAR or for APV
approaches as long as certified according to customer operations
manual and crew certification. EVS operations: Using EVS a pilot may
reduce an ordinary ILS, GLS, MLS, PAR or APV RVR/CVM according to
GEN Part RAR, Table 6, EVS Operations Minima but not lower than 350m
RVR/CMV. Furthermore, he may continue an approach to below ILS,
GLS, MLS, PAR or APV approach DH down to a DH of 100ft provided one
of the following elements is displayed and identified on the EVS:
a) Elements of the APL or
b) RWY threshold
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 8.14 Enhanced Vision Systems
(EVS) Operations
• EVS landing minima are published on Lido IACs for ILS, MLS, GLS, PAR
and APV operations down to the lowest permissible according to EASA
OPS Table 9
- whenever LVPs are established for that specific airport (runway).
- EVS landing minima are shown but restricted to a lowest
permissible of 550m RVR/CMV and/or 800m VIS respectively
1800ft RVR and/or 0.5SM VIS (standard Cat 1) if no LVP are
officially published for that specific airport (runway).
- EVS RVR is published on standard IACs as a note within the minima
box remarks line.
- EVS minima are always displayed when allowed, even when the
minima are the same as the standard minima.
- EVS landing minima are not shown if the official source does not
allow the use of EVS minima.
Cat 1 published • Cat 1 can be used with 200 - 550.

with 200 - 550
Precision Cat 1, APV and Non-Precision Approaches

a) Precision Cat 1 is an approach using ILS, GLS, MLS or PAR with a lowest DH of 200ft and a lowest
RVR of 550m.
b) APV is an approach using lateral and vertical guidance with a lowest DH of 250ft and a lowest RVR of
600m and does not meet the requirements of a precision approach.
c) Non-Precision is an approach using lateral guidance based either on LOC, VOR, NDB (with or without
DME), SRA, RNP APCH (LNAV only guided), RNAV (VOR DME) or a combination thereof with a lowest
MDH or DH of 250ft and a lowest RVR/CMV of 750m.
d) Circling is the visual phase of an instrument approach to bring an aircraft into position for landing on
a runway which is not suitably located for a straight-in approach.
As circling approach minima shall be the higher of the official OCA/H and RVR/CMV, the published
lowest permissible circling minima according to EASA OPS standards and the preceding straight-in
instrument approach minima. In complex circling depictions, where multiple circling minima would
lead to a cluttered minima section, Lido IACs will show only the respective highest circling minimum
applicable per runway.
Where in addition to the standard circling minima, minima for circling procedures with prescribed
tracks are officially published both types will be indicated.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 8.15 Circling Operations
© Lido 2021
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 8.16 Visual Approach Operations
Sheet 1778637

General Part
LAT
13-MAY-2021
With options a) and b) refer also to EVS-minima.
Depending on operators' flight standards and approvals any Non-Precision approach procedure flown with
CDFA technique may be flown down to the published MDA/H using these values as DA/H.
An increment to the MDA/H in order to prevent a descent below the MDA/H during initiation of the missed
approach is not added by Lido.
Lido publishes whenever possible a CDFA procedure. According to EASA Air OPS the operator has to observe
the necessity to add an additional increment of 200m RVR/CMV for ICAO CAT A/B and 400m RVR/CMV for
ICAO CAT C/D ACFT types to the published landing minima when using a different approach technique than
CDFA. Where official non-CDFA minima need to be published in exceptional cases, this is indicated by using
the term “non CDFA” within the header of the minima box.
For operations using conventional step down final approach technique refer to:
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 8.10.6.2 RVR/CMV vs. DH/MDH .
Landing Minima
DA/MDA: Will be derived by Lido from the state published OCA or DA/MDA rounded up to the next 10ft but
never below lowest permissible.
c DH/MDH (Old Standard until 20 MAY 2021):
c Will be derived by Lido from the result of the state DA/MDA or OCA (where no state DA/MDA is published)
minus the higher of threshold - or touchdown elevation of the corresponding runway, rounded up to the next
10ft, but never below lowest permissible. (For United States and Canada the DH/MDH will always be derived
by Lido from the sum of the state DA/MDA minus touchdown zone elevation).
c DH/MDH (New Standard WEF 20 MAY 2021):
c Will be derived by Lido from the result of the state DA/MDA or OCA (where no state DA/MDA is published)
minus threshold - or touchdown elevation (dependent on the state used landing minimum reference level for
DH/MDH calculation) of the corresponding runway, rounded up to the next 10ft, but never below lowest
permissible.
CEIL: Required state ceiling rounded up to the next 10ft.
RVR/CMV: Values will be shown either in meters or feet values pending on area of application up to the value
used as RVR in the respective area, or for higher values in km or sm. Measurement units are given within the
respective minima tables of the affected IACs.
INOP table / Table of temporary failed or downgraded ground equipment if not explicitly mentioned otherwise,
standard adjustments to landing minima due to temporary failed or downgraded ground equipment apply
(APL u/s) and are laid down in corresponding Gen Part chapter.
Wherever the term ”INOP table does not apply” is stated in the minima notes section, the minimum that is
stated in the IAC has to be applied even for downgraded equipment. For non-standard adjustments the
resulting minimum is additionally provided in the minima section. Any other restrictions or limitation is either
mentioned in the minima notes or has to be covered by customer policies and operations.
a Note 1: Analogous to state source for the United States the DH/MDH for straight-in approaches will be
derived by Lido from the sum of the state DA/MDA minus touchdown zone elevation.
a Note 2: All other states: If different reference levels for DH/MDH calculation are used by state authorities
between 3D (PA and APV approaches) and 2D (NPA) approaches, then the reference level for the
more precise 3D approach elevation reference will be used by Lido for calculation of all
approach minima leading to the affected runway.
a Note 3: Circling MDH will always be referenced to aerodrome elevation.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1778638
*1778638*
LAT General Part
13-MAY-2021
3.4.6.1 Approach Minima Legend
General Cabinet NAVAID Boxes
Cat 3b DME Cat 2 DME Cat 1 DME Cat 1 DME LOC DME Circling 2) System Line
04L LTS 1) 1) ABC MAX ACFT 65/7 Description Line
ft - m/km 0 - 75R 100 - 300R 200 - 400 200 - 550 530 - 1.7 c1500 - 2.4V Weather Line
C ft Company 104 RA 340 340 / 187 RA 660 780 Operational Line
ft - m/km 0 - 75R 110 - 300R 200 - 400 200 - 550 530 - 1.7 c1500 - 3.6V Weather Line
D ft Company 107 RA 340 340 / 187 RA 660 880 Operational Line
1) with EVS RVR 350m
2) Circling NE of INT RWY 10/34 only. MAX 180 KT. To RWY 28 min VIS 4.0
Minima Boxes
Note Section
3.4.6.1.1 General Cabinet

1
Cat 3b DME Cat 2 DME Cat 1 DME Cat 1 DME LOC DME Circling 2)
04L LTS 1) 1) ABC MAX ACFT 65/7
ft - m/km 0 - 75R 100 - 300R 200 - 400 200 - 550 530 - 1.7 c1500 - 2.4V
2 C ft Company 104 RA 340 340 / 187 RA 660 780
ft - m/km 0 - 75R 110 - 300R 200 - 400 200 - 550 530 - 1.7 c1500 - 3.6V
D
3 ft Company 107 RA 340 340 / 187 RA 660 880
Approach RWY Designator

For prescribed flight track minima (visual) of multiple RWYs in the 25L Cat 3b
same minima strip both RWY directions are shown, separated by a ft - m/km 0 - 75R
slash. Circling minima are always found at the right end of the C ft Company
minima strip.
1
TERPS Minima
04L
Straight-in minima are calculated according to TERPS when the TER PS
TERPS flag is displayed. C ft - ft/SM
ft
[The implementation of the straight-in minima has commenced in ft - ft/SM
JAN 2016.] D ft
Aircraft Category or Aircraft Type

Lido standard IACs feature minima for ICAO Aircraft Categories C and C B B733
2 D. IACs for ICAO Aircraft Categories B and C can be produced on
request as customized charts in the Lido standard. On tailored
charts, different combinations are possible. Aircraft types can also be D C A320
displayed.
3 Measuring Unit
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1778638

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
3.4.6.1.2 NAVAID Boxes
1 2 3
Cat 3b DME Cat 2 DME Cat 1 DME Cat 1 DME LOC DME Circling 2) 4
ft - m/km 0 - 75R 100 - 300R 200 - 400 200 - 550 530 - 1.7 c1500 - 2.4V
C ft Company 104 RA 340 340 / 187 RA 660 780
ft - m/km 0 - 75R 110 - 300R 200 - 400 200 - 550 530 - 1.7 c1500 - 3.6V
D ft Company 107 RA 340 340 / 187 RA 660 880
5 6
Flags
Cat 1 DME
LT S
1 A flag displayed at the lower left corner of a NAVAID Box indicates an
approach that differs from standard. Examples of these approaches 200 - 400R
can be found below under " Non Standard Approaches" 1200
200 - 400R
1200
Non Standard Approaches
Cat 1 DME
ILS Cat 1 LTS (Lower Than Standard) LT S
A Cat 1 operation flagged "LTS" is a Category I instrument approach 200 - 400R
and landing operation using Category I DH, with an RVR lower than
would normally be associated with the applicable DH but not lower 1200
than 400m. 200 - 400R
1200
1
Cat 2 DME
ILS Cat 2 OTS (Other Than Standard) OTS
A Cat 2 operation flagged "OTS" is a precision instrument approach 100 - 300R
and landing operation using ILS or MLS where some or all of the
elements of the precision approach Category II light system are not 91 RA
available. 100 - 300R
91 RA
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917526
*1917526*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
35 Cat 1 DME 1)
ft - m/km 200 - 550R

C ft 1200
EVS (Enhanced Vision System) ft - m/km 200 - 550R
D ft 1200
EVS (Enhanced Vision System) is a system to display electronic real- 1) with EVS use 350m
time images of the external scene achieved through the use of
1,4 imaging sensors. Using an EVS allows for a lesser RVR to be applied
in landing operations. Cat 1 DME
Note: As a tailoring option, EVS minima can be published as a full EVS
minimum in its individual minima box. 200 - 350R
12 0 0
200 - 350R
1200
System Line
Approach Type
The type of approach for the relevant minimum is provided. In case
of precision approach only the category is shown. The standard
designator ”LOC” used in Lido charts may be varied by ATC units in
different countries with identical meaning, e.g. GP out, GP INOP, ILS
without GP.
In case of precision approaches only the category is shown.
At present, ILS and MLS are shown using only the category e.g Cat
1, Cat 2, Cat 3a, Cat 3b. Once GLS approaches are approved for
lower than Cat 1, also GLS approaches will be shown only with their
respective category.
For Non-precision Approach Types

A “+” between two facilities means that the facility shown after the
“+” has to be used in addition.
A ”/” between two facilities means that either one or the other of the
2 two facilities / approach types can be used.
PANS-OPS Circling Minima

Circling minima are calculated according to PANS-OPS criteria when
there is no criteria indication in the description line.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 5 Procedures for Air
Navigation Services - Aircraft Operations (PANS-OPS) (ICAO Doc
8168)
TERPS Circling Minima

Circling minima are calculated according to TERPS before change 21
(Old TERPS) when "TERPS" is indicated in the description line.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 6 FAA TERPS Procedure
Design Criteria
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917526

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
New TERPS Circling Minima

Circling minima are calculated with larger circling radii introduced
with TERPS change 21 (New TERPS) when the "New" flag is
displayed.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 6 FAA TERPS Procedure
Design Criteria
2 Circling with Prescribed Track
Cat 2 SA Cat 1 SA
1) 2)
Special Authorization is required to use minima containing SA in 100 - 1200R 150 - 1400R
the system line. 112 RA 231 RA
100 - 1200R 150 - 1400R
112 RA 231 RA
Approach Minimum Designator Subtype

A mandatory single required facility between FAP/FAF and MAPt is
listed.
3 In case more than one redundant subtype is available (including
time) none of the subtypes will be listed to prevent the system line
from cluttering and to leave the pilot the option of choosing the most
suitable.
Description Line
Single Required NAVAID

The identifier of a NAVAID is indicated if the NAVAID is required to
use the minima column.
LDA
with GP
GP Notation 1090 - 3.0V
5
As an exception, all LDAs are always added with the GP relevance. 1100
• Where the LDA has a GP the term "with GP" will be shown in
the description line. LDA
• Where no GP is associated with the LDA the term "wo GP" is wo GP
published. 1090 - 3.0V
1100
• If the LDA can be flown with or without the GP the term
"w/wo GP" will be published.
LDA
w/wo GP
1090 - 3.0V
© Lido 2022
1100
Sheet 1917527
*1917527*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
Multiple NAVAIDs
A “+” between two NAVAID identifiers means that two physically
5 separated NAVAIDs have to be used.
A “/” between two NAVAID identifiers means that either one or the
other of the two NAVAIDs has to be used.
Approach Lighting System Out of Service

If an approach procedure has a higher than standard RVR/CMV/VIS
landing minimum requirement during an approach lighting system
outage, an additional minima box is provided on the IAC to the right
of the basic landing minima affected stating "APL U/S" in the
description line.
APL U/S landing minima shall be provided for both aircraft categories
on that chart when just one exceeded the standard minimum
required by the regulatory authorities.
Where APL U/S landing minima is not provided, it means the
standard regulatory requirements during an approach lighting
system outage were not exceeded. In that case to obtain the correct
minimum RVR/CMV/VIS requirements, reference to the
corresponding INOP / Failed or Downgraded Ground Equipment table
must be observed. Standard approach lighting system minima can
be calculated using the tables mentioned below:
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 8.9.2 Failed or Downgraded
Ground Equipment
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 8.10.6.2 RVR/CMV vs.
DH/MDH
6 Daylight Only
Minima usable only during daylight hours contain "HJ only" in the
description line.
Missed Approach Climb Gradient

The required Go Around (GA) climb gradient is indicated in the Cat 1 DME
GA 5.0%
description line if greater than:
• 2.5% for ICAO based procedures respectively 220 - 550
• 3.3% for TERPS based procedures. 560
Aircraft Size Limitations

A NAVAID box that contains "ACFT MAX 65/7" indicates that the
minima is only usable by ACFT with a maximum wingspan of 65m
and a vertical distance between the flight path of the main landing Cat 1 DME Cat 1 DME
gear and glide path antenna in the landing configuration of maximum ACFT MAX 65/7 1) 1)
7m. 200 - 550

690
220 - 550
710
Exceeding either dimension, restricts use to the minima box shown 210 - 550 220 - 550
next to it without "ACFT MAX 65/7" written. This is category DL 700 710
minima which provides additional obstacle clearance altitude/height
(OCA/OCH) when necessary.
Known aircraft affected: A388, B748.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917527

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
Without Stepdown Fix

An approach minima column that can be used without the
identification of a published stepdown fix will indicate the fix to be
disregarded in the description line. The fix to be disregarded will be
prefaced with "wo" (without) to indicate that fix does not need to be
identified to use the minimum.
Optional Stepdown Fix

An approach minima column that can be used with or without the
identification of a published stepdown fix states the fix which may be
disregarded prefaced with "w/wo" (with/without).
Lido IACs, except circling and letdown procedures are, whenever

possible, already drawn with a continuous descent final approach,
thus "CDFA" will not be shown on the charts. Where it is not LOC DME
possible, or state source requires a conventional step-down non CDFA
approach the chart will show "non CDFA" in the description line of
the minima box. The charted minimum will include the penalty of 450 - 1.8
200m for ICAO category A and B aircraft as well as 400m penalty for 1840
ICAO category C and D aircraft. The profile of a non CDFA is charted
with a level-off segment.
6 Surveillance Radar Approach

Approach with Radar Termination Range (RTR) and distance from
RTR to threshold.
Cat 1 DME
non SKED
Type of Operations 350 - 1 .0V
Minima values for non scheduled operations are indicated as "non 7670
SKED".
350 - 1.0V
7670
LPV or LP
• LPV (Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance) or LP
(Localizer Performance) will be shown when an approach has
SBAS capabilities. LPV LP
• Either LPV or LP minima will be shown alongside the VNAV
and/or LNAV minima for the procedure. These minima types 300 - 1.0V 550 - 1.63V
can also be shown alone for procedures without VNAV or 960 1200
LNAV minima.
• The use of LPV or LP minima requires operator approval.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917528
*1917528*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
Notes
Minima Remarks Referenced in Header Line Cat 1 DME

The header line is normally used for ball flag notes (in this example 1 GA 3.0% 1)
and 2) referencing additional explanations/limitations/RVR/CMV or
VIS values given in the minima remarks line when affecting all
aircraft types. Circling 2)
The minima remark section will depict the additional
explanations/limitations/RVR/CMV or VIS values.
A remark like: "BTN 049° - 247° of RWY only" means: Circling 1) with EVS RVR 400m
allowed only in a sector between 049° clockwise to 247° of RWY. 2) BTN 049°-247° of RWY only
Cat 1 DME
If a reduced RVR or VIS is available with the use of an Enhanced 16 GA 5.0% 1) 2)
Vision System (EVS), the resulting EVS RVR and/or VIS is displayed as ft - m/km 200 - 550
a note applicable to the minimum column. The supplemental term C ft 1590 / 187 RA
"wo EVS use STD" means: without EVS use RVR and/or VIS of ft - m/km 200 - 550
published minimum shown in the minima box. The EVS note is D ft 1590 / 187 RA
omitted in total if the use of EVS does not provide a lower minimum. 1) Up to 2400ft
2) With EVS 350m
4
The note "SBAS use for VNAV not applicable or not authorized" is
added to any vertical guided and SBAS augmented approach (VNAV)
where:
a) SBAS augmentation can be received in the aircraft but the LNAV/VNAV LNAV
safe use of SBAS for VNAV was not assessed by the signal 12R GA 4.6% 1) 2) 3) GA 4.7%
provider (EGNOS, WAAS etc.) and therefore is not authorized C
ft - m/km 430 - 1.3
440 4) 620
to be used; or ft
ft - m/km 440 - 1.3 610 - 2.1
D ft 450 620
b) where the use of SBAS augmentation is explicitly not 1) With EVS 900m
2) SBAS use for VNAV not applicable or not authorized
authorized to be used for vertical guidance by the source; or
c) where no SBAS augmentation is available (outside the SBAS
coverage area).
The note e.g. "Uncompensated BARO VNAV NA below -19°C

(-2°F) or above 54°C (130°F)" is provided where source document 22R LPV LNAV/VNAV
TER
restricts the use of BARO VNAV for vertical guidance on RNP PS
1)
ft - ft/SM 250 - 2400R/0.5V 410 - 4500R/0.88V
C
900 1050
approaches to a specific temperature range. ft
ft - ft/SM 250 - 2400R/0.5V 410 - 4500R/0.88V
D
900 1050
c When limitations are given degrees Celsius (C°) are always provided, ft
1) Uncompensated BARO VNAV NA below -19°C (-2°F) or above 54°C (130°F)
degrees Fahrenheit (F°) are shown in addition to degrees Celsius on

IACs in Canada and the USA only if officially published.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917528

General Part
LAT
13-MAY-2021
3.4.6.1.3 Minima Boxes
4 3 2 1
ft - m/km 0 - 75R 100 - 300R 200 - 400 200 - 550 530 - 1.7 c1500 - 2.4V
C ft Company 104 RA 340 340 / 187 RA 660 780
ft - m/km 0 - 75R 110 - 300R 200 - 400 200 - 550 530 - 1.7 c1500 - 3.6V
D
5 ft Company 107 RA 340 340 / 187 RA 660 880
6 7 8
Weather Line
Required Ceiling
If a particular ceiling is required by the state authority for a specific
approach this is indicated by the prefix ”C” to the numeric value.
In this case the given value must not be considered as MDH/DH but
1 as required ceiling and has to be accounted for in the flight planning.
Whenever a ceiling has to be observed, the MDH/DH is omitted by
intention. The difference between the state given ceiling value and
the MDA/DA does not necessarily correspond to the airport or THR
elevation.
a Old Standard - Until 20 MAY 2021
Minimum Descent Height (MDH) / Decision Height (DH)
Where no specific ceiling is required, the mathematical difference
between the higher of threshold or touchdown zone elevation and
DA/MDA is published. This value has an informative character only.
Decision to continue the approach or level off before descending to
the runway has to be made by the DA or the MDA depending on the
type of approach.
2
a New Standard - WEF 20 MAY 2021
a Minimum Descent Height (MDH) / Decision Height (DH)

a Where no specific ceiling is required, the mathematical difference
between the threshold or touchdown zone elevation and DA/MDA is
published as MDH or DH.
The marked value (line of sight) can be either one of three kinds:
• an R stands for state prescribed Runway Visual Range (RVR);
or
• a V stands for state prescribed meteorological Visibility (VIS);
or
3 • a blank (neither a V nor an R is shown) stands for an EASA
standard landing minimum with Runway Visual Range (RVR)
according to Table 5.
The term CMV denotes the result after the conversion of a visibility
into an RVR. Thus, a CMV is always equally high as an RVR.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 8.8 Conversion of Reported
Meteorological Visibility to RVR/CMV
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1778639
*1778639*
LAT General Part
13-MAY-2021
R and V are called "limiting letters" derived from state prescribed

minima. When shown, the value must be reported by and received
from ATC in the respective format (as an RVR where R is shown next
to the minimum, or as VIS where a V is shown next to the minimum.
The value may not be converted!).
A visibility may be converted for values shown without a "limiting
letter". A conversion is only possible from an ATC reported VIS into a
CMV (RVR) but never from an RVR into a VIS. The conversion must be
according to EASA OPS regulation CAT.OP.MPA.110 Aerodrome
4 Operating Minima.
Wherever RVR and VIS are stipulated at the same time by the state
source, both values will be charted in the minima section. The value
reported by and received from ATC must be equal or higher than the
corresponding charted minimum. No conversion is allowed.
Operational Line
Operational minima (MDA/DA) are rounded up to the next 10 feet when flown with the pressure
altimeter.
Operational minima for Cat 2 and Cat 3 minima are applied by using the radio altimeter (RA) and are
rounded to the next foot.
The term ”Company” indicates that company and/or ACFT specific

regulations/limitations have to be observed as published in the OM-B
/ AOM for Cat 3 minima.
An additional decision height required by state authorities is

5 indicated by the term "DH".
Cat 3a minima are shown only Cat 3a Cat 3a

• if Cat 3a is the lowest permissible landing minimum for that 0 - 200 R DH - 200 R
ILS approach (Cat 3b officially not published) Company Company
Cat 3a
• or if different to the values 0-200R or DH-200R whenever Cat
3b minima are shown. 50 - 200 R
50 RA
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1778639

General Part
LAT
13-MAY-2021
Cat 3b Cat 3a
0 - 75R 0 - 200 R
Whenever an ILS is officially authorized down to Cat 3b as lowest Company Company
permissible landing minimum (including Cat 3a standard landing
minima values) Cat 3b values only are shown on Lido charts. Text
and numbers in red will not be published (see examples). Cat 3b Cat 3a
5 DH - 75 R DH - 200 R
Company Company
Typical ILS or MLS Cat 3b, Cat 3a, Cat 2 and Cat 1 minima depiction.
Radio Altimeter Height (RA)

6 The RA is always referenced to Above Ground Level (AGL) and is
given with an exact value rounded to the next foot.
Decision Altitude (DA) and Radio Altimeter Height (RA) for Cat 1
7 Approaches
The RA will only be shown where officially published.
Decision Altitude (DA) for Precision Approaches (PA)

for example:
– ILS Cat 1
– MLS Cat 1
– GLS Cat 1
– PAR
Decision Altitude (DA) for an Approach with Vertical Guidance

(APV)
or
RNP AR approach based on LNAV and VNAV guidance
RNP 0.15
450 - 1.4
480
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1778640
*1778640*
LAT General Part
13-MAY-2021
RNAV GNSS
VNAV
300 - 1.1
1700
or
RNP
Decision Altitude (DA) for an Approach with Vertical Guidance VNAV
(APV)
RNP approach based on LNAV and VNAV guidance 300 - 1.1
1700
or
LNAV/VNAV
8
300 - 1.1
1700
Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) for Non-precision Approaches

NDB DME
LNAV
Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) for Non-precision Approaches
RNP approach based on LNAV only guidance 300 - 1.1
1700
Notes
Minima Notes Referenced in Minima Box 360 - 900
The minima box itself is normally used for ball flag notes (in this
370 3)
example 3 and 4) referencing additional
8 explanations/limitations/RVR/CMV or VIS values given in the minima 370 - 1.0
notes line when affecting different aircraft types or categories with
different values. Alternate depiction to header line. The minima note 380 4)
section will depict the individual additional
explanations/limitations/RVR/CMV or VIS values. 3) with EVS RVR 600m
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1778640

General Part
LAT
13-MAY-2021
Further examples for minima notes:
A minima note "Timing to determine MAPt NA" means that timing is
not authorized to determine the MAPt with the published minima. 1) If not conducting Autoland RVR 350m required
8 This note is shown whenever the distance between FAF and runway 2) HJ to RWY 16L/34R only
threshold is greater than 8NM. If there is no alternative to determine 3) Timing to determine MAPt NA
the MAPt by anything else than timing, the timing can still be applied
when using EASA OPS Table 5 to determine a possible higher
RVR/CMV.
3.4.6.1.4 Note Section

ft - m/km 0 - 75R 100 - 300R 200 - 400 200 - 550 530 - 1.7 c1500 - 2.4V
C ft Company 104 RA 340 340 / 187 RA 660 780
ft - m/km 0 - 75R 110 - 300R 200 - 400 200 - 550 530 - 1.7 c1500 - 3.6V
D ft Company 107 RA 340 340 / 187 RA 660 880
An overflow arrow indicates that additional minima for the approach

1 can be found on the last IAC page.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1778641
*1778641*
General Part
LAT
05-MAR-2020
3.5 Standard Arrival Route (STAR) Chart
The STAR chart generally only consists of the chart plan view. A separate STAR procedure text chart is only
provided in exceptional cases, which is indicated by a note in the upper right corner.
Types of STARs
We differentiate between the following types of STAR charts:
• Transitions
• RNP STARs
• RNAV STARs
• STARs (RNAV Overlay)
• Conventional STARs
• PROP only STARs
• RNP AR STARs (incl. officially published RNAV (RNP) AR STARs)
Sorting of STARs
a) Worldwide Standard (Excluding North America)
STARs are sorted either:
- alphabetically;
- by runway and then alphabetically; or
- by cardinal directions (e.g. STARs North/STARs South).
b) North American Standard
STARs are sorted alphabetically and then by runway (if required), STAR Transitions included where
required and possible.
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626283
*1626283*
LAT General Part
05-MAR-2020
STAR Chart Legend
The procedure designator is generally provided on the first segment of the respective
procedure. the designator consists of:
• orange arrow
• procedure name (with suffix if applicable)
a Specials for STARs with combined procedures

a The procedure designator will be repeated on the last STAR segment if
a a) two or more different STARs are sharing common segments and are ending
at different fixes; or
a b) two or more different STARs are sharing common segments until a specific
common fix before these are split and continued to end at different fixes.
The procedure designator will be given with full name if the name giving navigational
aid is located outside the chart frame and a NAVAID box showing name, ident and
frequency is not visible on the plan view.
Combined procedures are in alphabetical order separated by a slash.
On combined charts (conventional and RNAV) RNAV procedures carry the suffix RNAV.
Other suffixes indicate other constraints on combined charts (e.g. PROP only, jet only)
Procedure may be cleared on ATC's initiative only. Cannot be filed in flightplan.
Transitions after STARs, e.g. in the U.S. show the transition code after the STAR
designator separated by a dot.
Border NAVAID
NAVAID located outside of plan view.
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1626283

General Part
LAT
24-JUN-2021
3.6 Standard Instrument Departure (SID) Chart
The SID chart generally only consists of the chart plan view. The corresponding procedure text description is
provided in the SID Procedure Text (SIDPT) chart. In exceptional cases the text description may be given on
the chart plan view.
The SID and SIDPT contain complementary information. Therefore the charts shall be used together.
Types of SIDs
We differentiate between the following types of SID charts:
• Transitions
• RNP SIDs
• RNAV SIDs
• SIDs (RNAV Overlay)
• Conventional SIDs
• Radar Vectoring DEPs
• Transitions
• Noise Abatement DEPs
• PROP only SIDs
• RNP AR SIDs (incl. officially published RNAV (RNP) AR SIDs)
Sorting of SIDs
a) Worldwide Standard (Excluding North America)
SIDs are sorted either:
- within each category alphabetically by procedure title;
- by runway and then alphabetically; or
- by cardinal directions (e.g. SIDs North/SIDs South).
b) North American Standard
SIDs are sorted within each category alphabetically and then by runway (if required), SID Transitions
included where required and possible.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1794637
*1794637*
LAT General Part
24-JUN-2021
SID Chart Legend
Old Standard Used Until 17 AUG 2016
For selected airports the MTCA is also provided for SIDs. The MTCA is shown only for
segments located fully or partly outside the coverage of the MSA. An MTCA is always
calculated between two fixes. A fix can be a NAVAID, an intersection, a WPT, a DME
value, a radial or a turning point.
A red arrow indicates that a MTCA is calculated for this SID and is placed shortly after
the fix where the MTCA calculation for the first segment of the SID starts.
If no red arrow is provided on an SID procedure, then the display of the MTCAs begins
at the first airway segment.
New Standard Used WEF 18 AUG 2016
AR 600
12 7N
For selected airports the MTCA is also provided for SIDs. The MTCA is shown only for
BO
6
S
segments located outside the coverage of the MSA. An MTCA is always calculated 4800
between two fixes. A fix can be a NAVAID, an intersection, a WPT, a DME value, a LEGVO
radial or a turning point. N46 40.1
A red arrow indicates that MTCAs are calculated for this SID. MTCA calculation and 25GVA
depiction starts within the first SID segment the red arrow is placed within. If no red
arrow is provided on an SID procedure, then no MTCAs are calculated for this SID and11
R3
the display on the MTCAs begins at the first airway segment. GOGOL
29
An SID procedure designator is displayed on the procedure line of the last segment of
the procedure.
SIDs terminating at a NAVAID are usually named after the NAVAID identification.
SIDs terminating at a waypoint are usually named after the waypoint name.
The designator consists of:
• green arrow
• procedure name (with suffix if applicable)
The procedure designator will be given with full name if the name giving navigational
aid is located outside the chart frame and a NAVAID box showing name, ident and
frequency is not visible on the plan view.
Combined procedures are in alphabetical order separated by a slash.
On combined charts (conventional and RNAV) RNAV procedures carry the suffix RNAV.
Other suffixes indicate other constraints on combined charts (e.g. PROP only, jet
only).
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1794637

General Part
LAT
24-JUN-2021
Procedure may be cleared on ATC’s initiative only. Cannot be filed in flightplan.
Transitions after SIDs, e.g. in the U.S. show the transition code after the SID
designator separated by a dot.
Border NAVAID
NAVAID located outside of plan view.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1794638
*1794638*
General Part
LAT
05-AUG-2021
3.7 Standard Instrument Departure Procedure Text (SIDPT) Chart
3.7.1 General
The SIDPT chart is divided into the following sections:
• Header line
• Communication instructions
• Climb gradient table
• Procedure descriptions
• Procedure remarks
The sequence and title standards of SIDPTs are identical to the standards used for SIDs.
a) Header Line
The header line contains the names of the SID procedures and the corresponding runway designators
with runway magnetic bearing (QFU). The header line of each individual SIDPT page shows only the
(long) procedure designators applicable to that specific page.
b) Communication Instructions
The COM procedure describes any published radio communication procedure. The frequency is
shown in the DESIGNATOR column. Where no departure frequency is published, the frequency will be
given by ATC. Initial communication with ATC should be established as soon as practicable or as
instructed. Official instructions such as "Contact ATC immediately /as soon as practicable / as soon
as possible" are omitted by intention.
Instructions like "When passing 1500, contact Helsinki RAD" implicate to stay on the previously
assigned FREQ until passing 1500ft unless otherwise instructed.
c) Climb Gradient Table

A climb gradient is shown whenever a procedure is officially published with a minimum climb
gradient value greater than the standard minimum climb gradient of 3.3% or 200ft per NM. The table
lists only the values for procedures shown on that specific page.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1810456
*1810456*
LAT General Part
05-AUG-2021
d) Procedure Description
The SIDPT shows the text description of the procedures organized in three columns:
DESIGNATOR, ROUTING, ALTITUDES
The content of the page corresponds to the procedures on the SID charts.
3.7.2 Designator
The information is displayed in the following order:
Long procedure designator ROMAGNANO 7V
Short procedure designator RMG 7V
Minimum climb gradient
Procedure climb gradients of more than 3.3% are displayed. A minimum climb
gradient without an associated altitude applies until the SID termination point. If the
reason for a non-standard climb gradient is known, then the reason is given as a ball
note. Climb restrictions applicable for SIDs after their termination point are displayed
as ball flag notes. 7.4% to TRL
Note:
Procedure climb gradients associated to weather minima requirements are displayed
in the AOI DEPARTURE section under Take-off Minima.
⇒ Legends and Tables General Information 2.1.1 Take-Off Minima Table
Departure frequency 134.175
Remark ball notes
1
Corresponding text is shown on the bottom of the page.
Example:
3.7.3 Routing
The routing is described according to the procedures displayed on the SID chart, including transition and
a continuation remarks related to the SID or SID Transition with related climb restrictions if applicable.
Speed restrictions are displayed after the last segment in which the restrictions apply.
Example:
The SID procedure text "HDG 180° to D2.5 LGA - LT HDG 040° expect vectors (MAX 210KT)" translates to
"Climb on heading 180° to LGA 2.5 DME, then turn left heading 040° (do not exceed 210KT IAS until
established on heading 040°)"
General speed restrictions throughout a procedure are placed in the ball notes section of the SIDPT (e.g. "If
unable to comply with speed restrictions, request ABCDE 1A", or "MAX FL90 and MAX 250KT in German
airspace").
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1810456

General Part
LAT
04-FEB-2021
3.7.3.1 RNAV/RNP Route Description
RNAV and RNP routings are defined by the chronological sequence of fix (waypoint) names and constraints.
The RNAV/RNP SIDPT is similar to the ARINC format type description in the FMCDU and reflects the procedure
coding within the FMS Database.
Term Description
A Altitude
FL Flight Level
K Knots
- At or below
+ At or above
[L] Left turn
[R] Right turn
L Left (Arc)
R Right (Arc)
C Course
H Heading
DCT Direct
WEE Whichever is earlier
WEL Whichever is later
Arc RF leg flown with an arc
HOLD Climbing pattern
MANUAL Hold to manual termination
expect VECTORS Manual termination segment
INTCPT Intercept
[] Bank angle, speed, track and altitude constraints for the same waypoint are shown in
square brackets
bank Bank angle
; Separation of constraints for the same waypoint
- Separation of fixes/segments
Underlined waypoints or NAVAIDs are fly-over fixes
WAYPO Waypoints or NAVAIDs not underlined are fly-by fixes
All constraints [bank angle] (always), [speed limits] (always), [altitude restrictions] (only for CA,
FA, HA and VA legs defining the routing directly) and instructions/definitions [LT or RT, RF arc leg
and climbing pattern definitions] (always) for each fix, course or heading are contained in square
Note: brackets. Speed limits and altitude restrictions are shown as required either after the waypoint,
after the course or after the heading. Turn instructions are shown after the altitude restriction
and prior to the speed restriction. Turn instructions to a specific fix are shown after the fix. The
definition of the arc leg is shown after the waypoint the arc is leading to.
Example:
RW07C 068° [A800+] - DCT DF152 - DCT DF150 [K220-] - DF157 - R181 FFM - ANEKI
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1744549
*1744549*
LAT General Part
04-FEB-2021
3.7.3.2 Conventional Route Description
General
The SIDPT Routing column will appear more standardized (based on FMS procedure coding) and less
procedure source oriented which varies considerably from country to country. The text aligns as close as
possible to the NAV Data coding. SID description will still adhere to state sources in the sense to match the
officially published intent, but will be reassembled in a more standardized manner. In consequence SIDPT
Routing descriptions will intentionally differ from most AIP or other official source descriptions published in
various styles, formats and languages.
Detailed Explanation of Routing Column
• Instructions are divided between the termination of one instruction and the beginning of the next one;
- E.G: "R270 XYZ to CARMN - RT direct OPQ" instead of "R270 XYZ - at CARMN RT direct OPQ"
• The text aligns as close as possible to the NAV Data coding;
• "Track" is used for the great circle line between two fixes, all other times "Course" is used to
describe a line over the ground which is not fixed by two waypoints. The terms track or course itself
will not be shown in the routing description;
• Initial outbound track (RWY QFU) will be shown in routing column to complete the SID routing format
(except for Direct to Fix (DF) legs);
• Initial climb out common part will be combined with continuing routing and repeated for each
individual SIDPT routing description;
• Identical SIDs with 2 different designators (e.g. DORDI 2A/2D) departing from 2 different RWYs (e.g.
RWY 27L/27R) will be separated into 2 different routing columns (see example below).
Example
DESIGNATOR ROUTING ALTITUDES
Runway 27L
DORDI 2A 265° to MNM 790 - intercept R265 CGN to D5.5 CGN - 320° -
6.5% to FL60 (ATC) intercept R275 CGN to D16.9 CGN - intercept R190 PON until
5.5% to FL150 (ATC) crossing R190 PON - intercept bearing 124° to POY - bearing
133.380 152° from POY to DORDI (MAX 220KT)
1234 initial climb 3000

Runway 27R
DORDI 2D 262° - intercept R265 CGN to D5.5 CGN - 320° - intercept
3.7% to R265/D1.5 R275 CGN to D16.9 CGN - intercept R190 PON until crossing
CGN (OBST) R190 PON - intercept bearing 124° to POY - bearing 152°
from POY to DORDI (MAX 220KT)
6.5% to FL60 (ATC)
5.5% to FL150 (ATC)
133.380
initial climb 3000
1234
• The terms QDM and QDR will be translated into bearing to and bearing from the facility;
• If more than one NAVAID with the same identifier exist in the same terminal area, the NAVAID FREQ
will be added in parenthesis after the NAVAID ident to differentiate these facilities;
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1744549

General Part
LAT
04-FEB-2021
• Turn direction will always be shown:
- at the beginning of DME Arc to indicate in which direction to turn to intercept the Arc (Note)
- on a constant radius turn to indicate the direction of the turn;
- for a procedure turn.
• Turn directions will be shown if required for FMC steering (see above) respectively for turns exceeding
135°;
• Turn directions (e.g. LT or RT), NAVAID idents (e.g. ABC) and Altitudes/Flight Levels (e.g. 4000 or
FL90) are shown in bold figures.
Note: Turn onto an Arc or other Turn Anticipation Radials or DME Fixes.
Lead in/turn anticipation radials or DME fixes are no longer shown in SIDPT. Charts will continue to show the
state published standardized value for conventional navigation. ACFT FMS systems calculate dependent on
several parameters like speed, wind etc. own turn anticipation points which fit to the individual situation.
Instructions and Elements
Similar to the ARINC-424 Path Terminator concept which is implemented in every FMS, a SID is broken into
SID segments, sequences or instructions. Each instruction is described using a
• Path instruction, and a
• termination indication.
There may be optional turn direction indications to facilitate the orientation and speed restrictions for each
instruction.
Path
The following defines the translation of the path part from the database coding to the text of an instruction
and ignores the termination. The definition of the termination condition of an instruction can be found further
down.
Case Example of Path without Remarks
Termination
Track or Course 250°
Heading HDG 250°
Radial inbound to the VOR R353 inbound (173°) The station identifier is not written
as it will be the same as the "to"
instruction
Radial inbound R127 TBK inbound (307°)
Radial outbound R300 YVO
NDB inbound to the NDB bearing 250° The station identifier is not written
instruction
NDB inbound bearing 250° XY
NDB outbound bearing 250° from XY
LOC front course to the station 075° LOC inbound The station identifier is not written
instruction
LOC back course to the station 075° LOC back course inbound The station identifier is not written
(255°) as it will be the same as the "to"
instruction
LOC front course inbound 075° LOC OEV inbound
© Lido 2021
LOC front course outbound 075° LOC OEV outbound (255°)
Sheet 1744550
*1744550*
LAT General Part
04-FEB-2021
Case Example of Path without Remarks
Termination
LOC back course inbound 303° LOC back course IPKN
inbound (123°)
LOC back course outbound 303° LOC back course IPKN
outbound (123°)
TACAN Azimuth inbound to the 353° inbound (173°)
TACAN
TACAN Azimuth inbound 127° TBK inbound (307°) The station identifier is not written
instruction
TACAN Azimuth outbound 250° XYZ
Direct direct to ABC The direct can also be used for a
360° orbit, then the wording is
"back to"
Examples:
"LT back to ABC" respectively
"RT back to ABC" as required
DME Arc D15 KIM Arc Before an Arc leg, there is always
the turn listed to get onto the Arc
Constant Radius Arc follow 2.3NM Arc left to ISBLE
Climbing hold climb in holding
(Climb in a holding pattern until
reaching an altitude)
Course Reversal execute a course reversal
(same as a Racetrack)
Procedure Turn procedure turn on R135 XYZ to The guidance could also be a LOC
(with outbound guidance) the left within 10NM bearing or NDB bearing, then see
above
Procedure Turn climbing procedure turn within
(without outbound guidance) 10NM
Hold and hold
Termination
Altitudes are only included in the routing section of the SIDPT if it defines the point at which a new instruction
begins. All altitude restrictions not related to routing instructions (published with a fix) are included in the
Altitudes Column.
Case Example Remarks
Altitude to MNM 9000
Flight Level to MNM FL150
Waypoint to JUHUI
NAVAID to ABC
Departure End of RWY (DER) to DE14L Note 1
to DER22
DCT RW14L
DCT RW22
DME Distance to D5 ABC
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1744550

General Part
LAT
04-FEB-2021
Case Example Remarks
Distance from NDB to 2 NM ZY
Distance from RWY to 5.2 NM RWY 25
Distance from Waypoint to 3 NM KIZER
Crossing Radial until crossing R270 VOR
Crossing Bearing until crossing 270° NDB
Vector (or MANUAL termination) expect vectors Note 2
Note 1: Where source prescribes "Do not turn prior reaching the Departure End of Runway (DER)" this may
be coded and shown in SIDPT in one of the above mentioned variants (waypoint not shown in SID chart
except for RNP AR SIDs)
Note 2: If the vectors are expected towards a fix, the fix will be added without an instruction separator
("-"), e.g. "expect vectors to JUHUI".
Constraints / Instructions
All constraints are always shown in parenthesis. Instructions are separated by a semicolon.
Desription Symbol Example
Constraint in Parenthesis (*) () (MAX 230KT)
Constraint/Instruction Separation ; (at 15° bank; MAX 280KT)
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1744551
*1744551*
LAT General Part
04-FEB-2021
3.7.4 Altitudes
For all SIDPTs published after 20 AUG 2015, altitude restrictions for procedure fixes and the initial climb
altitude are shown in the altitude column.
For SIDPTs published prior to 20 AUG 2015 there was a different structure applicable:
• Conventional SIDs: Altitude restrictions for procedure fixes and the initial climb altitude are shown in
the altitude column.
• RNAV and RNAV Overlay SIDs: Altitude restrictions are embedded within the Routing column; initial
climb altitude is provided in the altitude column.
Clearance limits or initial altitudes to be observed during climb out on SIDs, if published by state authorities,
are shown with Lido standardized and inverted prefix initial climb with respective altitude/level on Lido SIDPTs
only.
In the USA, the top altitude corresponds to the published initial climb altitude or flight level as shown in the
altitudes column of the SIDPT.
Irrespective of the actual altitude/level to be observed the initial altitude/level is always placed as last altitude
instruction at the bottom of the SIDPT ALTITUDE column.
Remarks:
The SID and SIDPT contain complementary information. Therefore the charts shall be used together.
Examples:
SIDPT with conventional and FMS description for RNAV Overlay procedures as used until 20 AUG 2015:
SOBRA 4D at 800 direct FR - at D6 FRD (D3 outbound FFM) RT (MAX 220KT) D9 FFM at 4000
3.7% to 4000 intercept R192 MTR - at D15 FFM RT intercept R082 RID to RID ROSIG MNM FL90
after D9 FFM - R262 RID - at D5.8 RID RT to ROSIG - DONAB - SOBRA DONAB MNM FL110
4.3% to FL90
136.125 FMS
145 [A800+] - DF152 [R] - DF150 [K220- ;L] - DF155 [A4000] -
DF157 [R] - RID - ROSIG [F90+ ;R] - DONAB [F110+] initial climb 10000
SIDPT with conventional and FMS description for RNAV Overlay procedures as used after 11 OCT 2018:
SOBRA 6D R248 FFM inbound (068°) to MNM 800 - direct to DF152 - direct to ROSIG MNM FL90
3.9% to FL90 DF150 (MAX 220KT) - R191 MTR to DF157 - R082 inbound (262°)
136.125 to RID - R262 RID to ROSIG - 282° to DONAB - SOBRA
1 2 3
RNAV
RW07C 068° [A800+] - DCT DF152 - DCT DF150 [K220-] - DF157 ROSIG MNM FL90
- RID - ROSIG - DONAB - SOBRA
initial climb 10000
3.7.5 Procedure Remarks

Procedure remarks are referenced from the DESIGNATOR column to the ball flag section at the bottom of the
SIDPT. Notes that are relevant to flight planning only, are omitted from SIDPTs. Flight planning remarks are
contained in the AOI section.
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1744551

General Part
LAT
29-NOV-2018
Example 1: SIDPT (Conventional) SID
Spain Madrid Adolfo Suarez Madrid-Barajas
SIDPT
14-NOV-2018
MAD-LEMD SIDs RWY 14L (Day)
BARDI 2V / CACERES 2V / CONTINGENCY DEPARTURE / NANDO 1E / PINAR 1E
RWY 14L (143°)
GS 120 150 180 210 240 270

5.5% ft/MIN 700 900 1100 1200 1400 1600
5.8% ft/MIN 800 900 1100 1300 1500 1600
6.0% ft/MIN 800 1000 1100 1300 1500 1700
7.0% ft/MIN 900 1100 1300 1500 1800 2000

Runway 14L
BARDI 2V 143? to D5.4 PDT - 205? - intercept R100 inbound (280?) to D5.4 PDT MNM 5000
5.5% to 5000 NVS - R279 NVS to GOXOL - BARDI NVS MNM 8000
124.225 GOXOL MNM FL245
123 4 6
initial climb 13000
CACERES 2V 143? to D5.4 PDT - 205? - intercept R100 inbound (280?) to D5.4 PDT MNM 5000
CCS 2V NVS - R066 inbound (246?) to CCS NVS MNM 9000
5.5% to 5000
124.225
12 6 initial climb 13000
CONTINGENCY HDG 143° - climb 5000
DEPARTURE
5.5%
124.225
256
NANDO 1E 143? to DE14L - 128? to D10 BRA - R124 BRA to D33 BRA - D10 BRA MNM 4800
7.0% to 2200 R107 PDT to NANDO D33 BRA MNM 9300
5.8% to 4800
124.225
PINAR 1E 143? to DE14L - 128? to D10 BRA - R124 BRA to D22 BRA - D10 BRA MNM 4800
7.0% to 2200 LT intercept R168 inbound (348?) to RBO - R076 RBO to PINAR D22 BRA MNM 7200
6.0% to 13000 D17.8 RBO MNM 13000
124.225
1 Changes in the initial departure track are not permitted before DER (D5 SSY).
2 Usable at day time (0700-2300LT).
3 Subject to R71B/C activity.
4 If unable to comply with FL245 ALT restriction at GOXOL, notify ATC as soon as possible.
5 To be used when VOR/DMEs BRA or PDT are out of service. Verify take-off FREQ before starting take-off.
© Lido 2018
6 Close-in obstacles: ground 1998ft, ground 1999ft, ground 1997ft, ground 2000ft, ground 2003ft, ground 2025ft,
ground 2026ft.
Changes: New ChartVersionID 1156853 STF
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1450043
*1450043*
LAT General Part
29-NOV-2018
Example 2: SIDPT RNAV Overlay SID
Germany Dusseldorf
SIDPT
14-NOV-2018
DUS-EDDL SIDs RWYs 05L/R SE (RNAV Overlay)
COLA 4J / DODEN 6J / GERMINGHAUSEN 8Y / KUMIK 4J
RWY 05L (052°)
Remain on TWR frequency until passing 2000.

GS 120 150 180 210 240 270
4.3% ft/MIN 600 700 800 1000 1100 1200

Runway 05L
COLA 4J 052° to MNM 600 - direct to DL050 - DL058 - R277 inbound LIPMI MNM FL150
COL 4J (097°) to BAM - R163 BAM to LIPMI - R327 inbound (147°) to
121.350 COL
RNAV
RW05L 052? [A600+] - DCT DL050 - DL058 - BAM - LIPMI - LIPMI MNM FL150
COL
initial climb 5000
DODEN 6J 052° to MNM 600 - direct to DL050 - DL058 - R277 inbound ELBAL MNM FL150
4.3% to 3200 (097°) to BAM - 134° to ELBAL - BETZO - 147° to DODEN DODEN MNM FL250
121.350
12 RNAV
RW05L 052? [A600+] - DCT DL050 - DL058 - BAM - ELBAL - ELBAL MNM FL150
BETZO - DODEN DODEN MNM FL250
initial climb 5000

GERMINGHAUSEN 8Y 052° to MNM 600 - direct to DL050 - DL058 - R277 inbound
GMH 8Y (097°) to BAM - R095 BAM to ANAVI - R293 inbound (113°) to
121.350 GMH
RNAV
RW05L 052? [A600+] - DCT DL050 - DL058 - BAM - ANAVI -
GMH initial climb 5000
KUMIK 4J 052° to MNM 600 - direct to DL050 - DL058 - R277 inbound DEGOM MNM FL150
4.3% to 3200 (097°) to BAM - R095 BAM to ANAVI - 128° to DEGOM - 141°
121.350 to KUMIK
12
RNAV
RW05L 052? [A600+] - DCT DL050 - DL058 - BAM - ANAVI - DEGOM MNM FL150
DEGOM - KUMIK
initial climb 5000
© Lido 2018
1 After passing 3200ft, BRNAV equipment required.

2 Climb gradient due to MVA.
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1450043

General Part
LAT
28-NOV-2019
Example 3: SIDPT RNAV SID
Spain Madrid Adolfo Suarez Madrid-Barajas
SIDPT
14-NOV-2018
MAD-LEMD RNAV SIDs RWY 14L (Day)
NANDO 1U / PINAR 1U / ROBLEDILLO 1U / SOMOSIERRA 1U
RWY 14L (143°)
GS 120 150 180 210 240 270

5.5% ft/MIN 700 900 1100 1200 1400 1600
7.0% ft/MIN 900 1100 1300 1500 1800 2000

Runway 14L
NANDO 1U 143? MD050 - MD035 - NANDO MD050 MNM 2600
7.0% to 2600 MD035 MNM 5700
5.5% to 5700 NANDO MNM 13000
131.175
PINAR 1U 143? MD050 - MD051 - RBO - PINAR MD050 MNM 2600
7.0% to 2600 MD051 MNM 5700
5.5% to 13000 RBO MNM 13000
131.175 PINAR MNM 13000
12
initial climb 13000
ROBLEDILLO 1U 143? MD050 - MD051 - RBO MD050 MNM 2600
RBO 1U MD051 MNM 5700
7.0% to 2600 RBO MNM 13000
5.5% to 13000
131.175
SOMOSIERRA 1U 143? MD050 - MD051 - RBO - SIE MD050 MNM 2600
SIE 1U MD051 MNM 5700
7.0% to 2600 RBO MNM 13000
5.5% to 13000 SIE MNM 13000
131.175
© Lido 2018
1 Usable at day time (0700-2300LT).

2 Close-in obstacles: ground 1998ft, ground 1999ft, ground 1997ft, ground 2000ft, ground 2003ft.
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1590402
*1590402*
LAT General Part
28-NOV-2019
3.7.6 SIDPT for SID with Split Conventional and RNAV SID Part
a The route description of an SID procedure that begins with a Conventional routing and changes to an RNAV
routing at a specific fix within the SID routing will be published as follows:
a • The routing column starts with the header "Conventional initial part" for the conventional initial part
of the SIDPT routing.
a • Underneath the conventional part of the route description starts based on the conventional routing
format description up to and incl. the fix where the switchover from conventional to RNAV starts.
a • The conventional route part is followed by a dash and the standard phrase: "- continue RNAV"
a • Underneath the header ”RNAV continuation” the RNAV portion of the route using the RNAV routing
format begins with the repetition of the fix where the switchover from conventional to RNAV starts and
ends at the last RNAV SID waypoint/fix.
a Example
a
LABOD 1K Conventional initial part D13.3 BRP MNM 2960

7.0% to 2960 079° to D13.3 BRP - direct to KK310 - continue RNAV KK310 MNM 2960
125.300
RNAV continuation SULUM MNM 10010
KK310 - KKS02 - SULUM - LABOD LABOD MNM 10010
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1590402

General Part
LAT
28-NOV-2019
3.7.7 Obstacle Departure Procedures (contained in SIDPT)
Obstacle Departure (OBST DEP) procedures:
• are published on the last SIDPT page where applicable;
• provide obstruction clearance via the least demanding route from the terminal area to the appropriate
en route structure; and
• may be flown without ATC clearance, unless an alternate departure procedure (SID or radar vector)
has been specifically assigned by ATC.
Example:
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1590403
*1590403*
General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
3.8 Minimum Radar Vectoring Chart (MRC)
The minimum radar vectoring chart provides a chart plan view with radar sectors and their respective
minimum altitudes. This chart is only to be used to cross-check altitudes assigned while under vectoring
control.
MRC Legend
Radar sectors are shown with black lines.
Airspaces: Terminal Areas (TMA) as well as Control Zones (CTR) are not shown
on MRCs.
Minimum radar altitude as the lowest permissible altitude for radar vectoring
If different values apply, e.g. winter/summer season, the more restrictive value
is shown in brackets.
ARP
Aerodrome Reference Point (ARP) N40 31.2
E022 58.6
Radar antenna
Radar antenna position N50 00.0 E080 00.0
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395425
*1395425*
General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
4 Ground Charts
4.1 Plan View
Airport Ground Chart (AGC) sample (extract).

Where an additional APC is provided the approximate extensions are shown with a dashed line on the AGC. A
separate APC or an APC inset may show more detailed taxi and parking information omitted on the AGC by
© Lido 2022
intention.
Sheet 1926652
*1926652*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
Airport Parking Chart (APC) sample (extract)

A separate APC or an APC inset may show more and additional taxi and parking information omitted on the
AGC by intention.
Within the coverage of an APC or APC inset, always refer to the APC or APC inset to obtain the most detailed
information.
An APC or APC inset may provide additional information like parking positions, taxi lanes (guidance lines),
taxiway centerline lights, intermediate taxi holding positions/points etc. if published in official source
documents.
1 Aerodrome Reference Point (ARP)
2 Apron with designator or name in italic font
3 Air Traffic Services Reporting Office (ARO)

© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926652

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
Chart Information is normally placed in the lower part of the chart,
providing:
c • Airport Variation (AFC, AGC, APC, LVC, EOSID, SID, STAR,
VAC, MRC, FAM) or Approach Procedure Variation (IAC) used
in calculation of magnetic FAT
• Chart orientation (white arrow points to Magnetic North)
• Aerodrome elevation in ft
Note: Magnetic variation date and annual rate of change are omitted.
4
Variation arrow on charts orientated to True North
Variation arrow on charts not orientated to Magnetic North

(published in exceptional cases only).
Communication Competence Boundaries

(incl. frequency)
5 More detailed information on geographical area of application for
specific ground or apron frequencies are given on respective chart
plan view of AGC and/or APC, when officially published.
Communication Frequencies
Frequencies are shown in a green box. Times are in UTC.
The hours of operation of each frequency are shown only if the
frequency is not operational H24.
The double dagger symbol “‡” indicates that during periods of
Daylight Saving Time (DST) operating hours will be one hour earlier
than indicated.
⇒ Legends and Tables General Information 7.13 World Local Times
Company Information
Company derived information displayed on chart plan views is shown
in magenta color. This may be either textual and/or graphical
information.
De-icing Holding Position

6
with known direction
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926653
*1926653*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
De-icing Holding Position

6
with unknown direction
De-Icing Pad
7
with frequency
Displaced Landing Threshold

• lighted threshold
8
• unlighted threshold
Helipad
9
with or without designator
Hot Spots
RWY incursion, danger area
Arresting Device/Net Barrier
Land And Hold Short Operations (LAHSO)
10 Landing threshold given by the beginning of the paved surface
11 NAVAIDs are shown as defined for terminal charts.

© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926653

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
Non-movement Area, ATC Service Boundary

Taxi maneuvers within the non-movement areas are carried out at
pilots discretion.
Same symbol may be used to indicate ATC service boundaries. An
ATC service boundary is indicated with an individual chart legend.
No-Entry Symbol
A no-entry symbol marks the beginning of an area where entry is
prohibited for taxiing ACFT. Typically at an airport a no-entry sign
and/or a no-entry marking and/or a no-entry bar can be found there.
Obstacles and their elevation in feet MSL. Single obstacle/group of

obstacles.
12
Tree symbols may be used instead of the standard obstacle symbols.
MAX elevation is shown in feet MSL, if officially published.
Parking Position
Parking position with known direction and with push-back required
Parking position with known direction and either self maneuvering or

maneuvering unknown
13
Parking position with unknown direction
Row of parking positions
Rapid Exit Taxiway Indicator Lights (RETIL)

Consists of a set of RETILs which is located on the same side of the
RWY centerline as the associated rapid exit taxiway. The box with
the single point should always lead to the RWY rapid exit taxiway.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926654
*1926654*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
RWY Status Lights (RWSL)
The three different lighting components making up a RWSL system
can be identified by the number of red light circles displayed and
their position.
RWY Entrance Lights (REL)
Takeoff Hold Lights (THL)
RWY Designator
14
RWY Designator
based on True North
RWY Direction
15
(magnetic)
16 RWY End Elevation
Runways
• Paved RWY with grooved or PFC surface
• Paved RWY without grooved or PFC surface
• Unpaved RWY/emergency strip (grass, soil, others)

17 • Gravel or similar surface type RWY
• Former RWY now used as taxiway
• RWY under construction
• Closed RWY
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926654

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
RWY Length is provided as physical or total RWY length. If not
18 otherwise indicated in the chart plan view this distance is identical
with the TORA from the physical RWY beginning.
Runway Visual Range (RVR) measuring point (transmissometer)
with reporting direction indication and designation if officially
published.
19 RVR reporting direction left
RVR reporting direction right
RVR reporting direction left and right or reporting direction is
unknown
20 RWY Width
Runway Slope Profile Runway profile

A runway slope profile is displayed when: 08R 26L
Any part of a runway slope is > 1.0%, 1.0%
0.4%
provided an AIP AOC Type A or similar source is available.
Scale Bar
21
Distances are shown in meters and feet.
Runway Holding Position Marking / Pattern A

22 (shown as indicated in AIP)
⇒ Aerodromes General Information 2.5.8 Runway-Holding Position
Markings on Taxiways
Runway Holding Position Marking / Pattern B
23 (shown as indicated in AIP)
⇒ Aerodromes General Information 2.5.8 Runway-Holding Position
Markings on Taxiways
Stop Bar
A stop bar consists of red in-pavement lights. A stop bar symbol is
24 depicted as indicated in the AIP at locations where there is a stop bar
installation only (no marking) or where a stop bar is colocated with a
pattern A runway holding position marking.
Intermediate Holding Position Marking
An intermediate holding position symbol is generally only depicted as
indicated in the AIP in those parts of an AGC that are not covered by
an APC or an APC type inset. However, designated intermediate
holding positions are always also depicted on an AGC. A text note is
provided in case there is not enough room for depicting all
designated positions.
Stopway
The length of a stopway is placed next to the stopway symbol.
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926655
*1926655*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
Stopway Overlaying RWY

Stopways overlaying the physical RWY are identified with the
standard stopway symbol placed next to the RWY. If the difference
between TORA and ASDA is not identical to the physical RWY length,
then a TORA/ASDA table is displayed.
Prolongation of Physical RWY

A prolongation of the physical RWY may be a blast pad, overrun or
start point. Prolongation of a RWY usable for take-off beyond the
physical RWY length is identified with a TORA arrow.
Engineered Material Arresting System (EMAS)

Same function as arrester bank
Arrester Bank
Engineered arresting systems, e.g. lightweight concrete, built to
decelerate an ACFT when rolling through the material.
Mandatory Take-off Position

25
Shown on AGC only
Intersection Take-off Run Available (TORA)

Where available, intersection TORAs are displayed at an intersection
26 with an arrow indicating the direction the TORA applies. The TORA
arrow identifies the taxiway that the TORA applies to, not the precise
starting position of the take-off run.
Intersection TORAs are displayed on AGCs only.
TORA from RWY Beginning

If the TORA from the RWY beginning is different from the physical
RWY length and the take-off starting position is known to be the
27 beginning of the RWY, then a TORA arrow is displayed.
TORA arrows from RWY beginning are displayed on AGCs only.
Note: See "mandatory take-off position" for TORA distances not
starting at the RWY beginning.
Old Standard - Until 26 JUN 2014

© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926655

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
TORA/ASDA in a separate table.

Will be shown only if TORA, ASDA and physical RWY length are not
identical.
New Standard - WEF 26 JUN 2014
RWY TORA ASDA TODA

TORA/ASDA/TODA in a separate table.
Will be shown only if TORA, ASDA, TODA and physical RWY length 18 3300 3720 3720
are not identical. 36 3300 3710 3710
Taxiways are generally shown in gray.

To highlight restrictions for wide body ACFT, TWYs are marked with
a brown overlay if one or more of the following restrictions apply:
• taxiway width is less than 22m / 72ft,
• taxiway is usable only with maximum wingspan of less than
50m / 164ft,
• taxiway is usable only for ACFT with a load bearing capacity
(AUW) of less than 120t / 264550lbs,
• taxiway is not available for ACFT with WTC "HEAVY",
• taxiway is not available for ICAO ACFT Code Letter E or F.
⇒ Aerodromes General Information 5.1.1 ICAO Aerodrome Reference
Code
Note:
Further details regarding taxiway restrictions and limitations are
published in the AOI. This applies to taxiways with or without a
brown overlay.
As ground charts and AOI contain complementary information only
both products combined provide the complete picture and shall be
used together.
Officially published TWY restrictions based on e.g. WTC, MAX
wingspan or ICAO ACFT Code Letters are not converted into ACFT
type specific restrictions. PCN, LCN, SIWL or DTW load values are not
provided for TWYs.
At some airports aircraft type related AGCs and/or APCs may be
published in addition to the standard AGC and APC (e.g. Code E
and/or F ACFT, A346, A388, B773, etc.). Aircraft type specific charts
shall be used when operating with any of those aircraft types in
combination with the complementary AOI information.
H D
A taxiway intersection is not restricted according to the parameters 3048 G 45
listed above unless all taxiways leading through the intersection are L H
brown. If a gray taxiway crosses a brown intersection the gray L D
L
taxiway is useable at the brown intersection. In the example image, H
taxiways D and H are unrestricted at the intersection of taxiway L. D
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926656
*1926656*
LAT General Part
07-JUL-2022
C08
C07
C06
All standard taxiway symbols such as centerline markings, centerline
lighting, holding positions, and directional arrows are displayed on Y
both taxiways with and without restrictions.
Taxiways with a width of less than 15m / 49ft are symbolized by X

or multiple X in orange or brown (old convention) color on AGCs and
APCs.
ACFT Type Specific Taxiway Restriction
Officially published restrictions for taxiways not usable for specific
ACFT types are marked with the dash symbol. A legend will be given
in the chart plan view.
Prohibited Turns
Officially published turn restrictions (one way or both ways). A legend
will be given in the chart plan view if the turn is not allowed for
specific ACFT types only.
Taxiway Bridge
Taxiway One-Way
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926656

General Part
LAT
07-JUL-2022
Taxiway Closed
The symbol X or multiple X in a row.
27 Taxiways With Designators
Tower
28
Tower and Aerodrome Beacon (ABN) symbols.
VOR Test Transmitter (VOT)

Details on available VOTs on a specific airport can be found in AOIs.
(Not graphically mentioned)
Wind Sock
Shown on AGC only.
Work In Progress (WIP)
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1926657
*1926657*
General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
4.2 Airport Parking Chart (APC)
The APC generally only consists of the chart plan view with parking stand coordinates on a separate page.
APC Legend
Apron taxilane(s) unlighted
Apron taxilane(s) lighted
Apron taxiway(s)
Displaced threshold unlighted
29
Displaced threshold lighted

© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395432
*1395432*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
30 Runway designator
31 Taxiway with centerline lights
32 Taxiway with centerline marking

© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395432

General Part
LAT
05-SEP-2019
4.3 Low Visibility Chart (LVC)
The LVC generally only consists of the chart plan view. The text part containing the taxi procedure can be
found in the AOI. Aircraft type specific taxiway restrictions, aircraft type specific turn restrictions and shading
for taxiway limitations which are shown on AGCs and APCs are not shown on LVCs.
LVC Legend
Geographic Position Marking
Geographic position markings are used as holding positions and/or reporting points.
Low Visibility Taxi Route

Low visibility operations (LVO) are limited to taxiways indicated by dark gray taxiways
and black taxiway designators as used on AGCs. Subdued (light gray) taxiways are
not available.
Low visibility reporting point
Runway: red guard lights

Either elevated or in-pavement, alternately flashing yellow lights at RWY holding
position indicating an active RWY.
No Entry Signs on LVCs

No entry signs are included on low visibility chart taxiways even if a taxiway is not
usable during low visibility operations. In the example an aircraft can only taxi from
the runway on taxiway "L", and cannot taxi onto the runway from this taxiway.
Taxiways "DA" and "DB" are not usable during LVO.
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1555851
*1555851*
General Part
LAT
03-OCT-2019
4.4 Lido AMM Legend
4.4.1 Zoom Step Overview - Lido mPilot
Zoom Scale “High”
Zoom Scale “Medium”
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1568930
*1568930*
LAT General Part
03-OCT-2019
Zoom Scale "Low"
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1568930

General Part
LAT
19-MAR-2020
4.4.2 Zoom Step Overview - Lido eRoute Manual (Selection)
Please note that individual airports have an individual number of zoom steps (4 to 8), depending on their size.
For example EHAM has 8 zoom levels whereas RKPC has only 5 (example pictures below). Due to this fact the
maximum zoom level can vary from 4 to 8. Therefore ranges of zoom levels, as referred to in this chapter,
can only be given relatively (e.g. "last 3 zoom levels" = zoom level 6, 7 and 8 at EHAM, but zoom level 3, 4
and 5 at RKPC).
Zoom Level 1
Zoom Level 3
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632172
*1632172*
LAT General Part
19-MAR-2020
Zoom Level 5
4.4.3 Map Elements

Nr Map Element Depiction Zoom Scale
Visibility
1 Runway (Paved) Lido mPilot
(All parts of a paved physical all zoom scales
runway, including Lido eRoute
displacements) Manual
all zoom levels
Runway Element
© Lido 2020
Displaced Area
Sheet 1632172

General Part
LAT
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
2 Runway (Unpaved) Lido mPilot
all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
3 Runway Shoulder Lido mPilot
only zoom scale
"low"
Lido eRoute
Manual
last 2 zoom levels
4 Runway Marking Lido mPilot
not on zoom scale
"high"
Lido eRoute
Manual
last 4 zoom levels
5 Closed Runway Lido mPilot

(per database) all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
6 Closed Runway Lido mPilot

(manually by user) all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632173
*1632173*
LAT General Part
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
7 RWY Identifier normal Lido mPilot
all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
normal (selected as taxi

destination)
closed (per database)
closed (per database),

selected
closed (manually by user)
8 Stopway Lido mPilot

all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
9 Blastpad Lido mPilot

(often with chevron markings) all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632173

General Part
LAT
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
9 Blastpad Lido mPilot
(often with chevron markings) all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
10 Starter Extension Minor TWYs

(depicted like TWY) Lido mPilot
all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
11 LAHSO Location Lido mPilot

all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
2 different
symbols,
depending on zoom
scale/level
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632174
*1632174*
LAT General Part
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
12 TWY Element Lido mPilot
all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
13 TWY Guidance Line Lido mPilot
not on zoom scale
"high"
Lido eRoute
Manual
last 3 zoom levels
14 TWY Designator Major TWYs

Lido mPilot
all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
Minor TWYs
Lido mPilot
not on zoom scale
"high"
Lido eRoute
Manual
last 3 zoom levels
15 Closed TWY Lido mPilot

(closed by user) all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632174

General Part
LAT
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
16 Closed TWY Lido mPilot
(closed by data) all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
17 TWY Shoulder Lido mPilot

only on zoom scale
"low"
Lido eRoute
Manual
last 2 zoom levels
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632175
*1632175*
LAT General Part
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
18 TWY Used as RWY see TWY Element
(Runway Markings on TWY and Runway
Element) Marking
19 Runway Holding Position Lido mPilot

Pattern A without Stop Bar only on zoom scale
or when Stop Bar existence "low"
unknown Lido eRoute
a (Lido mPilot and Lido eRoute Manual
Manual v5.5 and above) last 2 zoom levels
Runway Holding Position
CAT I
a (Lido eRoute Manual v5.4
and below)
(with ident, if different from
TWY name)

Pattern A with Stop Bar only on zoom scale
c (Lido mPilot and Lido eRoute "low"
Manual v5.5 and above) Lido eRoute
(with ident, if different from Manual
a TWY name) last 2 zoom levels
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632175

General Part
LAT
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
Pattern B without Stop Bar only on zoom scale
or when Stop Bar existence "low"
unknown Lido eRoute
Runway Holding Position
CAT II/III
and below)
TWY name)

Pattern B with Stop Bar only on zoom scale
23 Intermediate Holding Lido mPilot

Position without Stop Bar or only on zoom scale
when Stop Bar existence "low"
unknown Lido eRoute
Intermediate Holding
Position
and below)
TWY name)
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632176
*1632176*
LAT General Part
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
24 Intermediate Holding Lido mPilot
Position with Stop Bar only on zoom scale
25 Stop Bar Lido mPilot

c (Lido mPilot and Lido eRoute only on zoom scale
Manual v5.5 and above) "low"
a (with ident, if different from Lido eRoute
TWY name) Manual
a last 2 zoom levels
26 Apron Lido mPilot

(with designator) all zoom scales,
designator not on
zoom scale "high"
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels,
designator on last 3
zoom levels
27 Closed Apron, Abandoned Lido mPilot

Area all zoom scales
(Abandoned areas are former Lido eRoute
movement areas that can still Manual
be identified as such. They are all zoom levels
closed permanently. A closed
apron is often, but not always,
combined with a construction
area)
Abandoned Area
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632176

General Part
LAT
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
27 Closed Apron, Abandoned Lido mPilot
Area all zoom scales
(Abandoned areas are former Lido eRoute
movement areas that can still Manual
be identified as such. They are all zoom levels
closed permanently. A closed
apron is often, but not always,
combined with a construction
area)
Closed Apron (outlined by area of construction)

28 Turning Pad / Hold Pad Lido mPilot
(with Ident) all zoom scales,
(depicted like Apron) ident not on zoom
scale "high"
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels,
ident on last 3
zoom levels
29 De-icing Pad Lido mPilot

(with Ident) not on zoom scale
"high", ident only
on zoom scale
"low"
Lido eRoute
Manual
last 3 zoom levels
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632177
*1632177*
LAT General Part
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
30 Parking Stand Guidance Lido mPilot
Lines not on zoom scale
"high"
Lido eRoute
Manual
last 3 zoom levels
31 Parking Position with (general) General:

Known Direction and with Lido mPilot
Push-back Required not on zoom scale
(selected as destination
parking stand) "high"
Lido eRoute
32 Parking Position with (general) Manual
Known Direction and Either
Self-maneuvering or Push- only on last zoom
back Unknown (selected as destination level
parking stand) Selected:
33 Parking Position with (general) Lido mPilot
Unknown Direction all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
(selected as destination all zoom levels
parking stand)
34 De-icing Parking Position (green color if selected as

(parking position inside a de- destination parking stand,
icing pad, symbol as above)
differentiation as explained
above)
35 Terminal Building Lido mPilot

(with Ident) all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632177

General Part
LAT
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
36 Terminal Concourse Lido mPilot
ident only on zoom
scale "low"
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels,
ident on last 2
zoom levels
37 Hangar Lido mPilot

Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels (no
ident shown)
38 Cargo Terminal Lido mPilot

Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
39 Other Building Lido mPilot

(with Ident, e.g. Fire Station) all zoom scales,
ident only on zoom
scale "low"
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels,
ident on last 2
zoom levels
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632178
*1632178*
LAT General Part
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
40 Tanks Lido mPilot
all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
41 Taxiway Bridge Lido mPilot

only on zoom scale
"low"
Lido eRoute
Manual
last 2 zoom levels
42 Tower Lido mPilot
T
all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
43 Beacon Lido mPilot

all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
44 Tower Beacon Lido mPilot
all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
45 Windsock
T Lido mPilot
only on zoom scale
"low"
Lido eRoute
Manual
last 2 zoom levels
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632178

General Part
LAT
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
46 Water Lido mPilot
(lake, ocean, river, etc.) all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
47 Wall structure Lido mPilot

only on zoom scale
"low"
Lido eRoute
Manual
last 2 zoom levels
48 Hot Spot Lido mPilot

ident only on zoom
scale "low"
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels,
ident on last 3
zoom levels
49 Service Road Lido mPilot
(roads only to be used by only on zoom scale
service vehicles) "low"
Lido eRoute
Manual
last 2 zoom levels
50 Area under Construction Lido mPilot
all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632179
*1632179*
LAT General Part
19-MAR-2020
Visibility
50 Area under Construction Lido mPilot
all zoom scales
Lido eRoute
Manual
all zoom levels
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1632179

General Part
LAT
03-OCT-2019
5 Route Facility Charts (RFC) / Enroute
Lido RFCs are published as:

• High level
• Low level
• High and low level combined
Note: The specifications in this section also apply to the electronic Enroute modules in the Lido
eRoute Manual and Lido mPilot. Where a specification applies only to an electronic map, this is
specifically mentioned.
5.1 RFC Area Overviews

5.1.1 AFRICA (AF)
W20° W10° 0° E10° E20° E30° E40° Tbilisi E50° E60°

Madrid Rome Istanbul
N40°Lajes Baku
Ankara Yerevan Ashgabat
Lisbon Athens
Algiers Tunis Tehran
Casablanca Damascus Baghdad
AF 1HL-W Tripoli Benghazi Esfahan
N30° AF 1H Cairo Tel Aviv Kuwait
In Salah L- E
Gran Canaria Bahrain
Dubai
Aswan Riyadh
Tamanrasset Muscat
Nouadhibou Jeddah
N20°
Nouakchott
-W
AF 2HL
Sal Agades Khartoum Sanaa
AF 2HL-SAL Niamey
AF 2HL-E
Dakar
Aden
AF 4HL-N
N'Djamena
Bamako
N10°
Freetown AF 3HL-N Addis Ababa
Lagos Bangui
Abidjan Douala
Mogadishu
0° Sao Tome Kigali Nairobi
Brazzaville
Kinshasa
Bujumbura AF 5HL-E
Seychelles
Dar Es Salaam
S10° Luanda Lubumbashi
AF 4HL-S
AF 3HL-S Lilongwe
Lusaka
Antananarivo
Harare Beira
S20°
Windhoek Mauritius
Gaborone
Maputo
Johannesburg
L- W
S30°
AF 5H
Cape Town
S40°
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1568939
*1568939*
LAT General Part
03-OCT-2019
5.1.2 ASIA (AS)
N7 E1 E2 E30 E40 E50° E60° E70° E80° E90° E110° E120°E130° E140° 150° 60° 70° ° ° ° 0°
0° 0° 0° ° ° E E1 E1 18 0 70 60 15
E100° W1 W1 W
Narvik
Murmansk
Tiksi Anadyr
N6
0° AS 1HL-N
Arkhangelsk Norilsk
Salekhard AS 4
St Peterburg HL-W
Minsk AS 1HL- Magadan
S AS 5HL
Perm
N5
0°
Moscow -W Yakutsk
Petropavloski
AS 2 Yekaterinburg
Kyiv HL-N
AS
Omsk
AS 6 Novosibirsk AS 5
AS HL-
4H
AS 2HL-S Karaganda HL-N E
Rostov
L-
Irkutsk Khabarovsk
° Tiblisi 3HL
E
N40 Chita
-W AS 6 AS
W
HL-S Ulaanbaatar
L-E
Yerevan
0HL-
7HL -N Vladivostok
Baku AS 8HL Shenyang
AS 10H
3HL
Tashkent -N AS
AS 1
Damascus Tehran
-E Almaty Urumqi Beijing Piongyang -N
N30° Baghdad Ashgabat
Dushanbe AS 11H
L Tokyo
Esfahan 7H Lanzhou AS 8HLSeoul AS
Kuwait
Zahedan Kabul
L-S -S Osaka HL-S
1
Riyadh 1
Bahrain Xian Shanghai AS
N20 Lhasa Wuhan AS 9HL-ZSPD
° Dubai Karachi Delhi Katmandu Chengdu L-N
Taipei
L
Muscat
AS 9H
12H
Ahmadabad Dhaka Hong Kong

Kunming
Nagpur Kolkata
AS
Hanoi
Mumbai 9HL VHHH
N10
° Vientiane AS
AS 13HL-W
AS 14H
Bangalore Yangon Manila

-E
Bangkok
HL
Chennai Ho Chi Minn

13
-S
L-E
AS
HL
0° Davao
Colombo
12
Male AS 14HL-W
Bandar Seri Begawan
AS
Kuala Lumpur
L-E
AS 15H
Kuching
ASSingaporeAS 15HL-WSSS Port Moresby
15 Balikpapan Ambon
S10° HL
-W Jakarta Makassar
Darwin Cairns
Denpasar
S20°
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1568939

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
5.1.3 ATLANTIC (AT)
W120° W110° W100° W90° W80° W70° W60° W50° W40° W30° W20° W10° 0° E10° E20° E30° E40°
N70° Narvik Murmansk
Kangerlussuaq
Keflavik
Yellowknife AT
5H Oslo
N60° Churchill Narsarsuaq L St Peterburg
Schefferville AT 1H Copenhagen Moscow

Goose Bay
Calgary Moosonee London
Winnipeg Shannon Frankfurt
N50° Sept-Iles Kiev
Paris Rostov
Montreal Halifax Zurich
Chicago Tbilisi
Denver Boston Roma
N40° Lajes
New York Lisbon Alger
Memphis Tunis Athens
Los Angeles
H Baghdad
AT 2
Dallas Atlanta Casablanca
Cairo
Bermuda Island Tripoli
N30° In Salah
Monterrey Miami Gran Canaria Aswan
Jeddah
Merida Santo Domingo
N20° Mexico City
Sal Dakar Khartoum
Guatemala City N'Djamena
Caracas
AT
N10° Panama City 3H Freetown
Lagos
Bangui
Addis Abeba
Paramaribo
Bogota Abidjan Douala
Nairobi
0° Belem Sao Tome
Brazzaville
Kinshasa
Recife Luanda Dar Es Salaam
S10°
Lima Brasilia
AT 4H Lusaka
La Paz
S20° Rio De Janeiro Antananarivo
Windhoek
Sao Paulo
Johannesburg
S30°
Santiago
Cape Town
Buenos Aires
S40°
Comodoro Rivadavia
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395443
*1395443*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
5.1.4 AUSTRALIA (AU)
High
E130° E140° E150° E160°

E110° Manila
E120°
Ho Chi Minh City

N10°
Bandar Seri Begawan
Singapore
0°
Jakarta Port Moresby

Denpasar
Darwin
S10° Cairns
AU 1H-N
AU 2H
-N
Alice Springs
AU 3H
-S
S20°
AU 2H
Brisbane
AU 1H-S
Adelaide Sydney
Perth L
L -AK
U 4H
°
S30 Melbourne
A Auckland
N
L-S Wellington HL-
Hobart
H
U4 4
S40
°
A
Christchurch
AU
°
S50
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395443

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
Low
E130° E140° E150° E160°

E110° Manila
E120°
Ho Chi Minh City

N10°
Bandar Seri Begawan
Singapore
0°
Port Moresby
Jakarta
Denpasar
Darwin
S10° AU 1L- Cairns
W
AU
1L
Alice Springs
-E
S20°
L-N
AU 2
AU 2L Brisbane
AU 3
L-PE
Perth Sydney
Adelaide
L
AU -AK
4HL
R
°
S30 Melbourne
2 AU
S
L-A
3L-
DE Auckland
-S Wellington N
AU
HL L-
Hobart 4 4H
°
AU AU
S40 Christchurch
°
S50
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395444
*1395444*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
5.1.5 CENTRAL AMERICA (CA)
High
W120° W110° W100° W90° W80° W70° W60° W50°

Great Falls Quebec
Portland Ottawa Montreal Halifax
Minneapolis
Toronto
Boston
Salt Lake City Detroit
N40° Chicago New York
San Francisco Kansas City
Denver Washington
Cincinnati
Oklahoma City Norfolk

Los Angeles Memphis
Phoenix
Atlanta Bermuda
San Diego Dallas Island
N30° El Paso
Jacksonville
New Orleans
Chihuahua
CA
Houston
Tampa
1H
-
Monterrey
N
Miami
Mazatlan
CA 2H-N Havana
Tampico CA 3H
N20° Merida
-N Santo
Domingo
Kingston
Guadalajara
CA
CA 2H
San Juan
Mexico City
1H- Port-au-Prince
S
Guatemala Tegucigalpa CA 3H-S
-S
City
Port of Spain
San Salvador Managua
N10° Caracas
San Jose Panama City Barranquilla
Georgetown
Paramaribo
Bogota
0°
Galapagos Quito Manaus
Islands
Guayaquil
Porto Velho
S10°
Lima
La Paz
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395444

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
Low
W120° W110° W100° W90° W80° Quebec W70° W60° W50°

Great Falls
Portland Ottawa Montreal Halifax
Minneapolis
Toronto
Boston
Salt Lake City Detroit
N40° Chicago New York
San Francisco Kansas City
Denver Washington
Cincinnati
Oklahoma City Norfolk

Los Angeles Memphis
Phoenix
Atlanta Bermuda
San Diego Dallas Island
N30° El Paso
Jacksonville
Chihuahua
CA
New Orleans
3L
Houston
CA
1L
Tampa
Monterrey
-N
Miami
Mazatlan
CA 2L-N Havana
Tampico
N20° Merida Santo
Guadalajara San Juan
Port-au-Prince Domingo
CA 2L-SBelmopan
Mexico City
Kingston CA 4L-DOM
4L
Guatemala City
Tegucigalpa CA
Port of Spain
San Salvador Barranquilla Caracas
N10° Managua
CA
Georgetown
San Jose Panama City
1L
Paramaribo
-S
Bogota
0°
Galapagos Quito Manaus
Islands
Guayaquil
Porto Velho
S10°
Lima
La Paz
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395445
*1395445*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
5.1.6 EUROPE (EU)
High
W4 W3 W20 W10 0° E10° E20° E30° E40° ° °

N7
0 0° ° E50 0
W6
0°
W5
0°
° E6
E7
E8
0
0°
0
°
°
Svalbard
Kangerlussuaq
N6
°0
Salekhard
Narsarsuaq
Narvik Murmansk
W
Keflavik Perm
H-
-E
1
1H
EU
EU
N5 St Peterburg
0° Bergen Helsinki
EU Oslo
-N Nizhny Novgorod
2H EU 6HMoscow
Stockholm
-N EU
3H-
N Copenhagen
Riga
Shannon Dublin EU Minsk

EU 2 3H-
-N
-S
H-S S EU 6H
Berlin
EU 10H
Amsterdam
London Warsaw Kyiv
EU 3H-FRA Prague Rostov
TA
N4 Paris Frankfurt Vienna

0°
N
H-BO
EU Tbilisi
U 7H-
Zurich Munich
4H- Budapest
E
EU 10H
N EU
EU 2
Lajes 7H- Bucharest

W EU Belgrade S
4H- Nice
H- S
-S
5 EU
EU Madrid
Istanbul Ankara
Barcelona Rome 8H
Lisbon -N
-E Athens Antalya
5H EU
Damascus
N30
° CA
N EU Algiers
8H-
5H-
Tunis
S
EU Casablanca Tel Aviv
Tripoli Benghazi Cairo
Gran Canaria
In Salah Aswan
N20
°
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395445

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
Detail High
St Peterburg
Helsinki
W
H-
Bergen Oslo Stockholm
-E
EU
1H
-N
EU 6H
EU
Goteborg
Riga
Glasgow EU
EU 3H-
Copenhagen N
2H
-N Vilnius
Gdansk Minsk
Dublin
-N
EU 10H
Shannon Manchester Hamburg
EU 2
H-S Amsterdam Hannover Warsaw
London Berlin
-S
Dusseldorf EU
3H- EU 6H
Brussels Cologne S
EU 3H-FRA Krakow
Prague
Frankfurt
Paris
TA
Stuttgart
EU - N
4H-
EU 7H
Vienna
H-BO
N Zurich
Munich
Budapest
Nantes Graz
EU 2
EU
Geneva 7H-
Milan
S
Bordeaux Lyon Zagreb
W
H-
Belgrade
EU 10H
5 EU
EU 4
Bilbao
Toulouse
H-S Sofia
Marseille Nice Ancona
-S
EU
8H
Barcelona Rome -N Thessaloniki
Madrid
Naples
-E
5H
EU EU
8H-
Cagliari
S
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395446
*1395446*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
Low
W4 W3 W20 W10 0° E10° E20° E30° E40°

0° ° E50
° 0°
N7
0
W6
°
0°
W5
0°
° E6
E7
E8
0°
0°
0°
Svalbard
Kangerlussuaq
N6
°0
Salekhard
Narsarsuaq
Narvik Murmansk
-W
Keflavik Perm
-E
1L
1L
EU
EU
N5 St Peterburg
0° Bergen Helsinki
Oslo
Nizhny Novgorod
Stockholm
-N
EU 6LMoscow
W
2L-
E
2L-
Riga
EU 3 Copenhagen
EU
Dublin
Shannon L-N Minsk
-S
EU
Amsterdam
EU 3
Berlin EU 6L
London L-S Prague
Warsaw Kyiv
Rostov
N4 Paris Frankfurt Vienna
0°
EU 4 -N Tbilisi
EU 7L
Zurich Munich Budapest
L-N EU
Lajes EU 7L- Bucharest
W 4L- EU 4L-ZRH
Belgrade S
L- S Nice
5 EU
EU Madrid Barcelona
Rome 8L-
Istanbul Ankara
Lisbon
E N Athens
- Antalya
5L EU Damascus
N30
° AN EU Algiers 8L-
L-C Tunis S
EU 5 Casablanca Tel Aviv
Tripoli Benghazi Cairo
Gran Canaria
In Salah Aswan
N20
°
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395446

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
Detail Low
St Peterburg
Helsinki
L- W
Bergen Oslo Stockholm
1
EU
-N
-E
E U 6L
1L
Goteborg
EU
L-W
Riga
Glasgow
2
EU
Copenhagen
E
Vilnius
2L-
Gdansk
Dublin EU 3 Minsk
EU L-N
Shannon Manchester Hamburg
Amsterdam Hannover Warsaw

London Berlin
-S
EU 6L
Dusseldorf
Brussels Cologne
EU 3 Krakow
Frankfurt
L-S Prague
Paris
Stuttgart
Vienna
- N
Zurich
Munich
Budapest EU 7L
Nantes Graz
EU 4L-ZRH EU
7L-
Geneva EU 4 S
Bordeaux Lyon Milan L -N Zagreb
W Belgrade
5 L- EU
EU
Bilbao 4L-
Toulouse S Sofia
Marseille Nice Ancona
EU
Barcelona Rome 8 L-N Thessaloniki
Madrid
Naples
-E EU
5L 8L-
EU Cagliari
S
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395447
*1395447*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
5.1.7 INDIAN OCEAN (IO)
E20° E30° E40° E50° E60° E70° E80° E90° E100° E110° E120°
N30°
Kolkata Taipei
Jeddah Nagpur
N20° Sanya
Hanoi
Mumbai Yangon
Asmara Sanaa Vientiane
Khartoum Chennai Bangkok
Aden Manila
N10° Djibouti Trivandrum Ho Chi Minh City
Addis Ababa Kota Kinabalu
Bangui Male Colombo Medan Kuala Lumpur
Mogadishu
Kisangani Singapore
Entebbe Balikpapan
0° IO 1HL-MLE Pontiak
Kigali Nairobi
Seychelles Palembang
Bujumbura Dar es Salaam Banjarmasin
Diego Garcia Jakarta
S10° Lubumbashi Moroni IO 1HL-SEY Bali
IO 1HL
Lilongwe
Mahajanga Cocos Islands
Lusaka
Lusaka Harare
Harare Toamasina
Beira Gillot Mauritius
S20° Antananarivo
Windhoek
Gaborone
Johannesburg
IO 1HL-MRU
S30° Perth
S40°
S50°
S60°
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395447

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
5.1.8 MIDDLE EAST (ME)
E10 E20° E30° °

° E40° E50° E60° E70° E80° E90° E100° E110° E120
Moscow
N50
° Chelyabinsk Novosibirsk
Kyiv Omsk Irkutsk
Samara
Ulaanbaatar
Sofia Rostov Karaganda

N40
° Beijing
Urumqi
Athens Istanbul Tbilisi Almaty
ME 1 Yerevan
HL-N Baku
Tashkent
Lanzhou
ME 1 ME 2 Ashgabad Dushanbe Xian
N30° HL-S Damascus HL-N
Cairo Baghdad Tehran Herat Kabul
ME 2 ME 5
Kuwait HL-S Kandahar
HL-N
ME 3 Delhi
Lhasa
HL-N Bahrain
Zahedan
Kunming
N20° ME Dubai ME 5 Kathmandu ME 6
Jeddah
Riyadh
4HL Muscat H L-S HL-N Hanoi
Karachi Dhaka
Ahmadabad Kolkata Vientiane
ME 3HL-S
Nagpur ME 6 Yangon
Khartoum
Sanaa ME
Mumbai HL-S
7HL Vishakhapatnam
N10° Aden -W Bangkok
Phnom Penh
Bangalore Chennai
Addis Ababa
ME 7
Colombo HL-E Kuala Lumpur
0° Male Singapore
Mogadishu
Nairobi
Dar es Salaam
S10°
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395448
*1395448*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
5.1.9 NORTH AMERICA (NA)
High
N60°
N70°
N80°
Bergen
Anadyr
Shannon
W10°
Keflavik
Nome
Thule
W1
70
Kangerlussuaq
°
Fairbanks
Fairbanks
0°
W2
Inuvik
Anchorage
W1 N50
Narsarsuaq
-W NA
NA 2H
60 °
N
1H A 2H-E
°
NA
Yellowknife -W
Whitehorse
1H
-E
0°
W3
W1
Prince Goose Bay

50
Rupert Churchill
°
Schefferville
Sept-Iles
Edmonton
NA 3H NA
N4
0° Vancouver Calgary
- NA 3H 4H
W -E Moosonee -N
°
40
W1 Seattle Winnipeg
W
40 Portland Quebec
° NA 5 Falls NA 7H-N
Halifax
H-N Great
GreatFalls
NA 9H-NToronto
Montreal
Minneapolis Ottawa
Boston
S
5H-
Salt Lake City

San Francisco
NA 6H NA 7H-S Chicago Detroit
S
New York
-N NA 9H-
NA
N3 Denver Kansas City Washington

0° Cincinnati Norfolk
S
Los Angeles Bermuda 0°

NPhoenix W5
4H-
San Diego A6 NA 8H-N

H-S Oklahoma Atlanta
Island
-E
NA
Phoenix Oklahoma City

City Memphis
11H
W1
Dallas NA 10H-N Jacksonville
30° El Paso
NA
NA 11
Tampa
Houston New Orleans
NA 8H-S NA 10H-S
Chihuahua
N20
H-W
° Miami
Monterrey San Juan
Mazatlan Santo Domingo
Tampico Havana
Merida Kingston
Guadalajara Port of Spain
0°
Mexico City W6
Belmopan Caracas
N10
° Barranquilla
W12 W110° Guatemala City Tegucigalpa °
0° W100° W90° W80° W70
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395448

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
Low
N60°
N60°
N50°
Magadan Narvik
E10°
E160°
Svalbard
Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky Bergen
0°
E170°
Anadyr
NA Shannon
3L
NA Thule
0°
Nome Keflavik
4L NA -N
1L
0°
3L
0° W2
Fairbanks -FA
I
NA 5L-N NA NA Kangerlussuaq
W1
1L
N5
70°
NA
Anchorage Inuvik -S
FJ
4L-
Narsarsuaq
0°
W3
A
Whitehorse
NC
Yellowknife
W1 N40
NA 5L-S
60 °
°
Prince Rupert Churchill Schefferville
°
0
L-S
W4
Goose Bay
NA 6L-N Edmonton
A1
E
NA 7L N Sept-Iles
-
W1
2L
Vancouver Calgary
NA 6L-S
50
NA
Moosonee
°
Seattle Winnipeg
Quebec Halifax
NA 9 Great Falls NA 11L-N -W Montreal
NA 2LToronto
N
0°
L-N
8L-
N3 W5
0° Boston
Minneapolis L-N
Detroit NA 16 New York
NA
-DEN
Salt Lake City Chicago

San Francisco
NA 9L NA 11L-S NA 13L-N A 16L-S
N
W1 -S Washington
NA 9L
NA
40 Kansas City Cincinnati

Denver
° NA 13L-S
L- E
8L
NA 12L-N NA 14L-W Bermuda Island

L-
-S
Los Angeles
NA
14
10
10LOklahoma City Memphis Atlanta

NA
NA
San Diego
-E
NA
Phoenix
Dallas
NA 12L-S
15 L
N2 El Paso
0 ° 0°
W6
-N
Houston
New Orleans Tampa
Chihuahua
NA 15L-S
Miami
°
Monterrey W70 San Juan
Mazatlan
Havana
Tampico Santo Domingo
W1
30° W12 Guadalajara Merida
W80°Kingston
0° W110° W110° W90°
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395449
*1395449*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
5.1.10 NORTH POLE (NP)
W 0° 180° E170° E16 N E1

13 N4 0° 50° W160
° W170° 0° E1 40° 40
N3
0° W1 N50° 50 °
0°
4
W1 ° Tokyo
Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky
3 0°
San Francisco E1
N60°
W1 Seoul
2 0° Anchorage
Magadan Vladivostok
Vancouver Anadyr
Nome
Fairbanks 0°
Whitehorse E12
N70°
W1
10°
Calgary Yakutsk Beijing
Inuvik
Yellowknife N40°
Tiksi
E110°
W100
° N80°
Winnipeg NP 1HL-RUS Irkutsk
Churchill
W90° E100°
NP 1H-NAM
Moosonee Norilsk
W80° E90°
Thule
Novosibirsk
N80°
W70° Kangerlussuaq
Salekhard
Svalbard Omsk E80°
Almaty
Goose Bay
0° Murmansk
W6 Narsarsuaq
Yekaterinburg
N70°
Perm E70
Keflavik Narvik °
St Peterburg
0°
W5 Oslo Moscow Ashgabat
N60°
E6
Copenhagen 0°
Baku
Shannon
Kiev Rostov
London
° Frankfurt
40 N50°
W
Lajes Paris Baghdad
Zurich Istanbul
W3 W1 0°
W2 N40° 0° E20° 0° ° Damascus 0° 0°
0° 0° 0° E10° N4 E30 E4 N3 E5
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395449

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
5.1.11 PACIFIC (PA)
E110° E120° E130° E140° E150° E160° E170° 180° W170° W160° W150° W140° W130° W120° W110° W100° W90° W80°
Tiksi
N70°
Inuvik
Anadyr Fairbanks
Nome Yellowknife
Yakutsk
Whitehorse
Magadan Anchorage
N60°
1H
Churchill
PA
Prince Rupert
Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky
Irkutsk
Calgary
N50° Khabarovsk Vancouver Winnipeg
Ulaanbaatar Yuzhno-Sakhalinsk
Vladivostok Seattle
Sapporo Chicago
Beijing Salt Lake City
Denver
N40° San Francisco
2H
Seoul Cincinnati
AP
Tokyo Memphis
PA
Lanzhou Phoenix
Osaka -J Los Angeles
N30° 1HL Dallas Atlanta
PA
Shanghai Houston
Monterrey Miami
Taipei
Hanoi
Honolulu Havana
N20° Hong Kong
Mexico City
Ho Chi Minh Manila PA 2HL-HNL
City
N10° Panama City
Singapore Bandar Seri Begawan

Quito
0°
H
A3
Jakarta PA 3HL-HON Galapagos
S10° Denpasar Honiara

P Islands
Darwin
Port Moresby PA 3HL-PPT
Nadi Tahiti
Cairns
S20°
Alice Springs
PA 3HL-NAN
Brisbane
S30°
Perth
Sydney
Adelaide Auckland
S40° Melbourne
Hobart Christchurch
S50°
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395450
*1395450*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
5.1.12 SOUTH AMERICA (SA)
High
W160° W150° W140° W130° W120° W110° W100° W90° W80° W70° W60° W50° W40° W30°
Seattle Minneapolis
Toronto
Chicago Boston
Salt Lake City
N40° Kansas City New York
Denver Washington
San Francisco Memphis
Phoenix
Los Angeles El Paso Dallas Bermuda Island
Atlanta
N30° Houston
Chihuahua
Monterrey Tampa Miami
Mazatlan Tampico Havana
Merida Santo
N20° Guadalajara Kingston Domingo San Juan
Mexico City
Guatemala City
Managua Barranquilla Caracas Port Of Spain
N10° SA San Jose
SA 1H-N
Georgetown
4H Panama City
Paramaribo
-N Bogota Cayenne
Galapagos SA
0° Islands Quito
2H
Belem
Guayaquil H-S Manaus -E
Recife
SA
SA 1
SA 5H- Porto Velho

S10°
PAC
2H
N
Lima
Salvador
3H-
-W
La Paz
Tahiti
SA
Brasilia
SA
S20°
4H
Antofagasta Rio De Janeiro

-S
Asuncion Sao Paulo
3H-S
Curitiba
S30° Cordoba SA Porto Alegre
Santiago Montevideo
Buenos
Aires
S40° Puerto Montt
Comodoro
Rivadavia
SA 5H
S50°
Punta Arenas
S60°
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395450

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
Low
W90° W80° W70° W60° W50° W40° W30°
Santo Domingo
N20°
Mexico City
Guatemala City
Barranquilla Caracas Port of Spain
Panama AR
L-C
Managua
SA 1
City
San Jose 1L
SA
Georgetown
Paramaribo
N10°
Bogota Cayenne
I
L-QU
Quito -N
2LManaus
SA
SA 4
Galapagos Belem
Islands Guayaquil
0°
Porto
L-S
Velho
2
SA
Recife
SA Salvador
3L
SA
Lima
S10°
Brasilia -N
4
La Paz
L
Sao Paulo Rio de Janeiro

Antofagasta
S20° Asuncion Curitiba

L-S
SA 3
Cordoba Porto Alegre
Santiago Montevideo
Buenos
S30° Aires
Puerto Montt
SA 5L
Comodoro
S40° Rivadavia
Punta Arenas
°
S50
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395451
*1395451*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
5.1.13 SOUTH POLE (SP)
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395451

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
5.2 RFC Title Box
1 Area overview
2 Chart name
The chart can consist of more than one map. Each map can be identified by its name. The chart
name consists of a prefix, a chart number and following character.
The prefix indicates the relevant area.
The character indicates the covered airspace.
L: low level
H: high level
HL: high and low level combined
3 Map name
Map frame displayed in gray in the area overview.
4 Map name
Map frame displayed in black in the area overview.
5 Chart scale
6 Effective date: only added if the chart becomes effective later than indicated in the revision
date.
7 Revision date which generally is the date the customer receives the chart.
8 Magnetic variation date
Note: Electronic enroute maps display isogonic lines for 2015.
9 Standard parallels (for Lambert projection only)
10 Chart projection
11 Area description
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395452
*1395452*
General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
5.3 RFC Chart NOTAM Bulletin
The RFC Chart NOTAM Bulletin contains a textual description of AIRAC changes affecting the currently printed
RFC charts. The information contained in an RFC Chart NOTAM Bulletin is derived automatically by comparing
the data used to create the currently valid RFC with the data that has changed since the RFC was last revised.
Each newly issued RFC Chart NOTAM Bulletin contains all changes since the latest RFC revision.
The front cover of each RFC Chart NOTAM Bulletin contains the AIRAC cycle number, effective date and a list
of the specific RFC chart regions included in the change bulletin.
RFC changes are organized alphanumerically by RFC title. Each chart section contains change information
presented in the following order:
• Airways (alphanumeric order)
• NAVAIDs / Waypoints (alphanumeric order)
• Others
New Airway Routing

New routing contains new airway segments. The new routing change format contains the following
information:
1. Airway name
2. New routing note
3. First fix
4. Fix location
5. Track (RNAV) or radial (conventional) from fix
6. Segment distance
7. Track (RNAV) or radial (conventional) in the opposite direction
8. Next fix
9. Fix location
Airway name
New routing note
First fix
Fix location
Track (RNAV) or radial (conventional) from fix
Segment distance
Track (RNAV) or radial (conventional) in the opposite direction
Next fix
Fix location
The format is repeated as many times as nessasary for the route. Routing information can be read in both
directions, left to right or vice versa, depending on the direction of flight.
Changed Airway Routing
Changed routing contains modifications to existing airways. The changed routing format follows the same
general format as the "new airway routing" format with the following differences:
1. Changed routing note
2. "iso" (instead of)
3. Old route being replaced by the new route (without fix locations)
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395453
*1395453*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
Deleted Airway Routing
Deleted routing segments are prefaced with the note "deleted routing". The format of the routing is the
same as the "new airway routing" described above.
NAVAID/Waypoint Location
All NAVAIDs and waypoints referenced in the routing
of an RFC change bulletin include the abbreviated
coordinates of the fix in brackets. This allows the
modified information to be quickly identified on the
chart.
An added NAVAID or waypoint includes the full
coordinates of a fix.
NAVAID Withdrawn
Additional information is given for NAVAIDs that are withdrawn; including the NAVAIDs name, type, and
frequency.
Others
The "Others" section provides changes that cannot be discribed in the standard "Airways" or "NAVAIDs /
Waypoints" sections in a free text format.
New Changes
New entries that have been added to the RFC change bulletin since the last revision of the bulletin are
identified with an asterisk at the beginning of the change note.
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395453

General Part
LAT
29-OCT-2020
5.4 RFC / Enroute Charting Standards
Every attempt will be made to maintain all Lido Route Manual documents up-to-date on the basis of the latest
official information available.
Last minute changes or temporary amendments, as well as corrections of inadvertent errors, are published in
Chart NOTAM. In substantiated cases, temporary documents may be provided additionally.
For complete information, always consult the latest chart NOTAM for all RFCs used.
Chart NOTAM for RFCs are published in the Lido RFC Chart NOTAM Bulletin. The publication may be
organized in different ways and publication media depending on customer needs.
Bearing / Track / Distance
Bearings and tracks shown on charts are magnetic, distances are given in Nautical Miles (NM).
Information Omitted by Intention
The following aeronautical and/or mainly flight planning related data are intentionally not shown in the Lido
Route Manual:
• ATS/MET reporting points
• Differentiation between complimentary AWYs, weekend AWYs, seasonal AWYs, conditional AWYs or
ATS routes, AWYs to be used during day only, AWYs to be used during night only
• Time restrictions for use of ATS routes
a • Differentiation between conventional and RNAV waypoints (except for NRS waypoints) within North
America
• Directional MAAs and MEAs
• Minimum Obstacle Clearance Altitudes (MOCAs) for ATS route segments as well as Minimum Crossing
Altitudes (MCAs) for ATS route fixes published in some State sources.
• Direct routes (e.g. within Free Route Airspace (FRA), flight planning relevant DCT routes and Company
Routes)
• Terminal waypoints not associated to Free Route Airspace (FRA)
• Width and Airspace Class of ATS routes
• SUAs below 2000ft AGL/MSL
• FL restrictions e.g. blocked FLs
• Track changes of ATS routes at waypoints of 3° or less
• Critical DME, DME gaps and inappropriate NAVAIDs (including limited hours of operation for DME
facilities) for use on RNAV routes
Lido Calculated Values
Since a substantial part of the data contained in the Lido Route Manual is derived from multiple official
sources which were quality checked several times before entered in the Lido database, some data such as
tracks, radials, distances, waypoint definitions, MGAs and MTCAs are calculated by Lido internally to
standardize and harmonize the RFC data depicted. For those data, discrepancies may occasionally exist by
intention between officially published values and Lido calculated values.
Operational Restrictions
Main restrictions, communication instructions, advisory information and caution notes required for operational
reasons are shown in note boxes at the respective geographic area within the RFC plan view. Please note that
all applicable restrictions and advisory information is summarized within the respective CRAR pages of the
country affected.
Revisions
To avoid unjustified reissues of Lido paper based RFCs revision criteria have been established triggering the
revision of an RFC when a specific quantity and quality of required changes is reached.
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1707382
*1707382*
LAT General Part
29-OCT-2020
Skeletonizing
To omit clutter on the chart, some information (mostly at the border of an RFC) may be skeletonized. This is
kept to the absolutely necessary minimum and will be avoided whenever it impairs the main purpose the
respective RFC should serve. Skeletonized areas are marked with an imprint "For complete information see
RFC + No".
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1707382

General Part
LAT
06-FEB-2020
5.5 RFC / Enroute Legend
Air Defense Identification Zone (ADIZ)

A ADIZ
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.5.3 Air Defense CANAD
Identification Zone (ADIZ)
Airports
Airports are charted with city name, airport identifier and longest
runway in hundreds of meters (hundreds of feet in brackets). In
general, all airports stored within the customer Lido Route Manual
library are shown. Additionally, airports meeting the following
specifications are also shown:
• Civil or joint civil/military; and
• hard runway surface (asphalt, bituminous, concrete,
macadam or concrete/asphalt); and
• longest runway with minimum dimensions of 30m (100ft)
width and 1500m (5000ft) length.
Different airport symbols are in use:
Airports with largest RWY ≥ 45m / 150ft width and 1500m / 5000ft Porto
length
LPPR 34 (114)
Airports with largest RWY ≥ 30m / 100ft width and 1500m / 5000ft
length
Airports are normally shown with their unique FMS coded city name.
Where multiple airports with the same city name exist in a specific Milan
geographical region, the differentiation is provided with the ICAO LIMC 39 (128)
airport identifier.
Note: In the Lido eRoute Manual and Lido mPilot, the city name is Milan
not displayed in all zoom steps.
LIML 24 (80)
Note:
As an exception, to avoid congestion, only airports with a minimum
RWY length of 2000m (6600ft) will be charted for the territory of the
United States (excluding Alaska).
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615577
*1615577*
LAT General Part
06-FEB-2020
ATS Routes with Maximum Authorized Altitude (MAA), airway
designator with RNP value, distance in NM, Minimum Enroute
Altitude (MEA), Minimum Terrain Clearance Altitude (MTCA) in red.
⇒ Navigation General Information 6 ATS Route Navigation
Maximum Authorized Altitude (MAA)
The MAA is shown on each ATS route segment when different to
associated airspace limitations (Airspace Division). For example,
where the MAA is equal to the upper limit of lower airspace, the MAA
for low level ATS routes is omitted on Low Level Enroute charts.
Where the MAA is represented as a flight level, the highest available
IFR flight level according to the applicable cruising level table will be
shown.
Minimum Enroute Altitude (MEA)
MAA 9500
The MEA shown on each ATS Route segment represents the lowest P10f
altitude, or the lowest usable IFR flight level for an ATS route 66
segment according to the applicable cruising level table. 4000 3400
a Note: The officially published MEA in Lido charts is valid for the
whole route segment between two fixes. Plan climb/descent
between segments as required in advance.
Example Explanation:
MAA 9500 = Maximum Authorized Altitude 9500ft
P10f = Airway designator = P10, NAV accuracy value = 5
66 = Segment distance between two waypoints
4000 = Minimum Enroute Altitude
3400 = Minimum Terrain Clearance Altitude (Lido calculated)
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.11.1.5 Minimum En-route
Altitude (MEA)
Multiple MAAs applied to different airways/ATS routes on the same
segment are separated by a slash. If one of those different MAAs is MAA ... / FL180
identical with the upper limit of associated airspace (lower N580 5/N580D 5
respectively upper airspace) this is indicated by three dots.
Multiple MEAs applied for different airways/ATS routes on the same N580 5/N580D 5
segment are separated by a slash. FL200/FL60
Multiple MEAs G261 /UG261
Three dots indicate an MEA according to the limits of the associated FL260/ ...
airspace.
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615577

General Part
LAT
06-FEB-2020
Airway/ATS Route
The MTCA is provided for all airway/ATS route segments. MTCAs are
always shown in red italic font.
The MTCA (calculated by Lido) covers exclusively terrain and
obstacles relevant for air navigation with the buffers and minimum
obstacle clearance (MOC) described hereunder.
Horizontal and vertical buffers
The MTCA is calculated for an area of 10NM on either side of the
centerline of each airway/ATS route segment and around any
NAVAID/waypoint.
The MTCA is calculated by rounding up the elevation of the highest
obstruction within the safety area to the next 100ft and adding an
increment of
• 1000ft for terrain or obstructions up to 6000ft; or
• 2000ft for terrain or obstructions above 6000ft.
= 2400ft rounded up UN72
7f
19
+ 1000ft buffer 11600
= 3400ft MTCA
Values are shown in feet.
On low level RFCs lowest indicated MTCA is 3100ft, meaning that
wherever no MTCA is provided, 3000ft can be considered a safe
flight altitude.
On high level RFCs lowest indicated MTCA is 10100ft, meaning that
wherever no MTCA is provided 10000ft can be considered a safe
flight altitude.
On combined high/low level RFCs the rules for low level RFCs
apply.
Any MTCA being calculated with other than the above mentioned
policies will be shown in brackets with reference to the calculation
method.
In rare cases the MTCA calculated for a specific segment can be
higher than the official minimum altitude.
This is due to the difference in buffer calculation and/or the definition
of the safety area.
⇒ Rules and Regulations General Information 2.11.1 Regulated Altitudes
One-way Airway/ATS Route
£L851
If a route is limited to one direction a direction indicator arrow is 98
added to the designator.
5
FL
29 52
01
20
£
[Lido eRoute Manual and Lido mPilot only] 00
The ATS route centerline is depicted in a different color according to

UT
30
14 7
12
40
£
the MTCA of the segment:

8
0
£
• Black: MTCA ≤ 10000ft

• Magenta: 10000ft < MTCA ≤ 14000ft NIVAS
• Red: 14000ft < MTCA £ UT147

126
=
FL290
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615578
*1615578*
LAT General Part
06-FEB-2020
305
UW
Low/High Level Airway/ATS Route on Combined RFCs 05/ 94
W3 1
Airway/ATS Route P52/W35

Different designators 149
UN13
5
RNAV Airway/ATS Route 42 =
U 72
RNAV/RNP Airway/ATS Route 8c
66
with NAV accuracy value 2 in this example
Undesignated Airway/ATS Route ATS

§
The ATS route in this example is usable in direction 280° only 38 280°
o
Airway/ATS Route
44
R2
VOR radial depicted on RFCs
p
Airway/ATS Route ?
Magnetic track on an airway/ATS route segment 236
Airway/ATS Route UL103

Even/odd indication for Airways/ATS routes to be flown in flight 25
levels according to the semi-circular rules are omitted by intention.
Airway/ATS Route
UM2
Airway/ATS route to be flown in even FLs in indicated direction. 99
In the opposite direction to be flown in odd FLs. E§
On two-way airways/ATS routes the "O" for odd FLs is omitted by
intention if the "E" for even is shown.
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615578

General Part
LAT
06-FEB-2020
Airway/ATS Route £
UZ38
Airway/ATS route to be flown in odd FLs in indicated direction. 40
£O
Shown for one-way airways only.
Airway/ATS Route G81§

Airway/ATS route to be flown in even and odd FLs in indicated 21
direction. E&O§
Airway/ATS Route
Minimum Terrain Clearance Altitude (MTCA) Break
Consecutive segments having the same MTCA can be combined. The
MTCA label is shown only once within all the segments. A change of
MTCA is indicated by the MTCA break symbol.
Area Control Center (ACC) / Area Of Responsibility (AOR) EDMONT

Boundaries are portions of airspace where the provision of ATS is ON ACC
MONTRE
delegated to another ATS unit of a particular FIR/UIR/ARTCC (also see AL ACC
Communication)
1
MAASTRICHT
D 108.6 MAS
MAS
N50 58.3 E005 57.6
GOBNO
N50 58.9
E005 59.4
Blow-up Ri
When airway segments are too small to show corresponding labels, p
a blow-up of the area is displayed.
R 0
GOBNO
B
F L24 f 40°
A A 717 2
M UZ
£ 1
°
MAS 060
S Not to scale
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615579
*1615579*
LAT General Part
06-FEB-2020
=Y173
12
PABLA
Border Text
Waypoints or NAVAIDs of airway/ATS route segments which are
outside of the chart frame are shown outside the chart border.
D 116.3 TGO
RNAV airways/ATS routes and conventional airways/ATS routes: only
R242
the end point of the relevant segment is provided in the border text.
G202
16
UPNAT i
Changeover Point D25 PGY

D50 IPL
Point between NAVAIDs at which a changeover in navigation
guidance should occur. L
C
Chart Overlap
The frame of each overlapping chart within the RFCs are provided.
4 H-N
S A
Communication Area Boundaries are presented wherever

published by the State authority.
T*
t 3
Reykjavik
132.200
Communication Frequencies 125.500 Sivkar
The ACC frequencies within the area concerned are shown in the 127.850 5596
COM box together with the station call sign. Where the call sign 126.750 3422
w"
W 2
suffix of the ground station is “Control” or “Center” the suffix will be 126.550 4712
omitted. In all other cases the full call sign will be provided.
Secondary frequencies and sectors are not provided.
Amsterdam Iceland
Radar Radio
125.750 127.850
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615579

General Part
LAT
06-FEB-2020
Controlled Airspaces (CTA/TMA/CTR) boundaries are represented
with their outer boundaries (no sectors are shown), the airspace
name and their vertical limits.
Lower limits in the lower airspace are omitted. 1 25
The airspace name is omitted when it is identical to the associated A-FL
A CT
airport. RAV
OST
CTRs are only depicted when the associated airport is represented
and the CTR is not located within or underneath another controlled
airspace. If a controlled airspace includes sectors with different
upper limits only the highest upper limit is represented.
ICAO
3 6 0° - 1
79°
EVEN ODD
20, 40, 60, 10, 30, 50,
Cruising Level Tables for each country/FIR will be provided on the 80, 100, 120, 70, 90, 110,
chart plan view. 140, 160, 180, 130, 150, 170,
Where crusing level tables are different from the ICAO standard, they 200, 220, 240, 190, 210, 230,
260, 280, 300, 250, 270, 290,
are shown in the CRAR. 320, 340, 360, 310, 330, 350,
380, 400, 370, 390,
430, 470, 410, 450,
359 510 490
° - 180°
C
HC
F IR L
PEST O
DA DZ
BU IR L
FIR/UIR Boundaries are provided on all RFCs indicating the name E BF
R
followed by the suffix FIR/UIR and the four letter identifier. ZAG
Lido mPilot only:
JOHANNESBURG FIR FAJA
CAPE TOWN FIR FACA
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615580
*1615580*
LAT General Part
06-FEB-2020
0°
N4
Grid Lines and the magnitude of grid depend on the chart scale.
• 1° for chart scales up to 1 inch = 60NM
• 5° for charts scales larger than 1 inch = 100NM
Latitude and longitude are shown outside of the chart frame.
9°
E2
-D
NAT
HF Region Boundary Lido mPilot only:
INO-1
Holding Patterns
Enroute holding patterns part of the airway/ATS route structure are
indicated on the chart by a fixed symbol.
The turn direction is indicated by arrows and the inbound track to the
holding fix is printed into the holding symbol.
Any applicable non-standard restriction/constraint will be indicated,
e.g.:
• leg length
• outbound time
• speed (MNM/MAX)
• altitudes (MNM/MAX)
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615580

General Part
LAT
06-FEB-2020
Holding Patterns PEBBY
s
N30 40.2
Enroute holding patterns positioned off-route are indicated on the W091 26.4
119
chart by a fixed symbol. The holding fix will be shown with ?i
geographic coordinates.
Holding Patterns
Minimum and maximum holding altitude, maximum speed and non-
standard outbound time
Isogonic Lines
The interval depends on the chart scale and the distance from the
magnetic pole.
7°W
• 2° for chart scales larger than 1 inch = 100NM
• 5°/10° for charts near the magnetic poles.
The isogonic line values are represented outside of the chart frame.
IC
AT
ERR
Magnetic Compass Erratic Area A SS
MP
A line encompassing the polar area within which the magnetic C CO
compass is unreliable. ETI
GN
MA
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615581
*1615581*
LAT General Part
06-FEB-2020
Minimum Grid Altitude (MGA)
The MGA is the lowest safe altitude to be flown off-track.
The MGA is shown in hundreds of feet.
The MGA is calculated by rounding up the elevation of the highest
obstruction within the respective grid area to the next 100ft and
adding an increment of:
• 1000ft for terrain or obstructions up to 6000ft; or
• 2000ft for terrain or obstructions above 6000ft.
85
= 6500ft rounded up
+ 2000ft buffer 10 4
= 8500ft MGA
Lowest indicated MGA is 2000ft.
This value is also provided for terrain and obstacles that would result
in an MGA below 2000ft. The MGA value can be omitted over water
areas.
MGAs below 10000ft are shown in purple, at and above 10000ft in
red.
NAVAIDs are shown with the NAVAID symbol and the NAVAID flag
including:
NAVAID name (the name will be omitted if multiple NAVAIDs of the
same type share the name)
• Frequency and identifier
• Morse code
• INS coordinates
Any DME capability of the relevant NAVAID can be identified by the
prefix “D” to the NAVAID frequency.
If DME information only is available (TACAN/DME only) the prefix “D”
will be presented in inverted print.
NDB stations can be identified by their frequency.
NDB
1
JASZBERENY
517 JBR
JBR
N47 29.6 E019 53.7
3
TAPIOSAP
If two NAVAIDs are co-located and have the same name and D 115.9 TPS 306
identifier only one symbol is charted in a combined NAVAID flag TPS
N47 29.6 E019 26.8
q
BUDAPEST
D 117.3 BUD
VOR/DME with ATIS broadcast BUD
N47 27.0 E019 15.0
p
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615581

General Part
LAT
06-FEB-2020
VOR/DME with HIWAS broadcast h

1
COLUMBUS
D 111.8 OLU
OLU
N41 27.0 W097 20.4
p
VOR/DME oriented to True North
n1
RESOLUTE BAY
D 112.1 YRB
YRBN74 43.7 W094 55.4
m
1
GOOSE BAY
VOR/DME with METEO broadcast D 117.3 YYR
(METEO: automatic transcribed weather broadcast and scheduled YYR
N53 19.2 W060 17.7
weather broadcast).
o
1
VILLATOBAS
VOR/DME as compulsory reporting point for all airways/ATS routes D 112.7 VTB
crossing this fix, except for airway/ATS route UW400 for which it is VTB
N39 46.8 W003 27.8
defined as non-compulsory. ($ UW400)
o
1
KOSICE
VOR/DME "KSC" not defined as component for airway/ATS route D 108.2 KSC
N133 KSC
N48 41.0 E021 14.9
(not N133)
p
p
1
METRO
VOR "MTR" defined as component only for airway/ATS route Z719 110.0 MTR
MTR
N50 16.6 E008 50.9
(only Z719)
VOR/DME located close to an airway/ATS route centerline but not

1
SIBIU
defined as component for this route D 114.0 SBI
SBI
N45 46.9 E024 05.3
(off-route)
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615582
*1615582*
LAT General Part
06-FEB-2020
EU 7H-S
Panel Text
The map name is placed on the upper left side of each panel, except
where covered by the title box.
Spain
Portugal
Political Boundaries and Country Names are shown.
Additionally, U.S. states, Canadian provinces and Australian state
names and boundaries are shown. io
tar
On ec
eb
Qu
Skeletonizing
In congested areas the (airway-) information may be skeletonized, meaning that parts of the total items are
omitted.
The following cases can occur:
ALROD
N32 04.7
E035 14.4
u MA
J A 10
Full information is provided (no skeletonizing) 6010Cc000
0
20 0 TALMI
N31 49.6
E035 30.2
u
Information is skeletonized if the full set of details cannot be

displayed without impairing the readability. In case skeletonizing is ALROD
used only the airway designator or no information is provided. u J10C
c TALMI
Additionally, a note is given to advise where the missing information u
can be found (e.g. on the overlapping RFC).
1
ESMERALDAS
D 115.7 ESV
No information (at chart borders): omittance of all airway information ESV
N00 59.4 W079 37.5
is generally limited to airway segments that are very close to the
chart border and that lead outside of the RFC frame. o
Full information is available on the overlapping RFC.
Special Airspaces (e.g. NAT HLA, CMNPS, AORRA, RNPC, ADS-B,

420
FRA) 85-FL
LA FL2
Special airspaces are shown with name and limits. Descriptions NAT H
(including limitations and applicability within the airspace) are
published in the respective RSI and/or CRAR.
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615582

General Part
LAT
06-FEB-2020
Special Use Airspace (SUA)
Danger (D), Restricted (R), Alert (A) and Warning (W) areas, FRZs and
R19
other SUAs are displayed with their airspace identification.
Prohibited (P) areas are displayed with the airspace identification and
vertical limits.
D14
For details on vertical extension (non P-areas) and activity times
refer to your relevant SUA list.
Uncontrolled Airspace
Controlled airspace around an airway is shown with 10NM on each
side. For country specific deviations refer to CRAR pages.
56 74 2
1
Note:
UB
00
A supplementary letter may indicate the type of service provided on
the route. "F" indicates advisory service only, while the letter "G"
indicates flight information service only.
The gray overlay indicates uncontrolled airspace (ICAO class F or G).
Panama ADIZ
Establish communication with
Panama ACC 5NM prior entry.
Warning Notes
Jeddah FIR
Contact appropriate ATC FREQ
at least 5 MIN prior
entering Jeddah FIR.
Waypoints (Symbol and Identification)
Compulsory waypoint A DONUT
Non-compulsory B DONUT
Compulsory (shown as text note)

B DONUT
(A N123)
Non-compulsory (shown as text note)

A DONUT
(B N123)
Navigation Reference System (NRS) Waypoint D KG78K

Computer Navigation Fix
Shown only if oficially published with identifier in brackets. Not to be X [CFCHN]
used in ATC communications.
Waypoint Inset CERVI N45.58.2 E007 32.7

Insets may be used to summarize several waypoints in one box with ESOKO N45.52.7 E007 05.8
their individual coordinates where cluttering does not allow to show GILON N43 26.7 E006 06.9
© Lido 2020
all required details next to the waypoint symbol on an RFC. NITAM N45 06.4 E007 09.5
Sheet 1615583
*1615583*
LAT General Part
06-FEB-2020
Waypoint Definitions
Waypoints associated to the airway/ATS route structure not charted with additional conventional definitions
(radial and DME values) from NAVAIDs located off route.
Coordinates
Enroute waypoints (non-compulsory) that are part of an airway/ATS B DONUT
route will only be shown with coordinates if positioned at an N45 58.6
intersection and/or along an airway/ATS routes where the track E007 40.0
changes in excess of 3°.
VOR Radial B DONUT

C N45 58.6
NAVAID identifier shown in cases where the definition line must be 0 HU E007 40.0
cut because of long distance or presence of other chart symbols. R07
NDB Bearing B DONUT

NAVAID identifier shown in cases where the definition line must be HUC N45 58.6
cut because of long distance or presence of other chart symbols. 2 50 ° E007 40.0
DME Distance B DONUT

20 HUC N45 58.6
DME distances from a VOR/DME or VORTAC facility.
R0 70/D E007 40.0
B DONUT
N45 58.6
.8
E007 40.0
13
NAVAID Frequency
C1
Frequency is shown on definition lines from NAVAIDs positioned HU
20
outside the RFC charts border.

/D
40
R0
D 113.8 HUC
B DONUT
Definition shown as text note where space is lacking to display N45 58.6
waypoint definition by graphical depiction. E007 40.0
R020/D8 HUC
Waypoint Not Part of ATS Route

N123 DONUT
12 N45 58.6
Not part of ATS route by symbol
B E007 40.0
B DONUT
Part of ATS route (N123) only by text note N45 58.6
E007 40.0
(only N123)
B DONUT
Not part of ATS route (N123) only by text note N45 58.6
E007 40.0
(not N123)
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615583

General Part
LAT
06-FEB-2020
B DONUT
N45 58.6
Off Route E007 40.0
Waypoint "DONUT" is not part of the ATS route structure at all, but (off route)
close to an ATS route centerline.
All of-route waypoints associated to Free Route Airspace (FRA) are SI
shown in enroute. In detail these are Entry (E), Exit (E), Intermediate BA4G8 03.5 .4
N 4 17
(I), Departure (D), Arrival (A) and Holding (H) waypoints. E01
All other off-route waypoints not part of an ATS route at all, are only B RA4.7
LIM
47 5 6.9
shown in special cases (e.g. Entry/Exit waypoints in the North B N 14 2
E0
Atlantic). SA B
AR4A8 03.0.1
N 4 12
E01
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1615584
*1615584*
General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
6 Reserved For Future Use
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395462
*1395462*
General Part
LAT
02-APR-2020
7 Unit Conversions and Tables
7.1 Distances
7.1.1 Meters - Feet - Kilometers - Statute Miles - Nautical Miles
Distance conversions
Meters - Feet Kilometers to Statute Miles to Nautical Miles to
m ft/m ft SM km NM km SM NM km NM SM
0.305 1 3.281 0.62 1 0.54 1.61 1 0.87 1.85 1 1.15
0.610 2 6.562 1.24 2 1.08 3.22 2 1.74 3.70 2 2.30
0.914 3 9.843 1.86 3 1.62 4.83 3 2.61 5.56 3 3.45
1.219 4 13.123 2.49 4 2.16 6.44 4 3.48 7.41 4 4.60
1.524 5 16.404 3.11 5 2.70 8.05 5 4.34 9.26 5 5.75
1.829 6 19.685 3.73 6 3.24 9.66 6 5.21 11.11 6 6.90
2.134 7 22.966 4.35 7 3.78 11.27 7 6.08 12.96 7 8.06
2.438 8 26.247 4.97 8 4.32 12.87 8 6.95 14.82 8 9.21
2.743 9 29.528 5.59 9 4.86 14.48 9 7.82 16.67 9 10.36
3.048 10 32.808 6.21 10 5.40 16.09 10 8.69 18.52 10 11.51
4.572 15 49.213 9.32 15 8.10 24.14 15 13.03 27.78 15 17.26
6.096 20 65.617 12.43 20 10.80 32.19 20 17.38 37.04 20 23.02
7.620 25 82.021 15.53 25 13.50 40.23 25 21.72 46.30 25 28.77
9.144 30 98.425 18.64 30 16.20 48.28 30 26.07 55.56 30 34.52
11 35 115 22 35 19 56 35 30 65 35 40
12 40 131 25 40 22 64 40 35 74 40 46
14 45 148 28 45 24 72 45 39 83 45 52
15 50 164 31 50 27 80 50 43 93 50 58
17 55 180 34 55 30 89 55 48 102 55 63
18 60 197 37 60 32 97 60 52 111 60 69
20 65 213 40 65 35 105 65 56 120 65 75
21 70 230 44 70 38 113 70 61 130 70 81
23 75 246 47 75 41 121 75 65 139 75 86
24 80 262 50 80 43 129 80 70 148 80 92
26 85 279 53 85 46 137 85 74 157 85 98
27 90 295 56 90 49 145 90 78 167 90 104
29 95 312 59 95 51 153 95 83 176 95 109
30 100 328 62 100 54 161 100 87 185 100 115
© Lido 2020
Sheet 1636439
*1636439*
LAT General Part
02-APR-2020
7.1.2 Meters to Feet (rounded up to next 10ft)
Example (gray shaded cell above):

9500m = 31170ft
7.1.3 Meters to Statue Miles and Feet (Equivalent Values for Visibility and RVR Readings)
m SM SM ft m SM SM ft
Decimal Fraction Decimal Fraction
50 - - 150 800 0.5 1/2 2600
75 - - 300 1000 0.63 5/8 3000 to 3200
100 - - 350 1200 0.75 3/4 4000
125 - - 400 1400 0.88 7/8 4500
150 - - 500 1500 5000
175 - - 600 1600 1.0 1
c 200 0.13 1/8 700 1800 1.13 to 1.25 1 1/8 6000
300 - - 1000 2000 1.25 1 1/4 -
350 - - 1200 2400 1.5 1 1/2 -
400 0.25 1/4 1300 2800 1.75 1 3/4 -
450 1400 3200 2.0 2 -
500 1600 3600 2.25 2 1/4 -
550 0.38 3/8 1800 4000 2.5 2 1/2 -
600 2000 4400 2.75 2 3/4 -
c 650 2200 4800 3.0 3 -
750 0.5 1/2 2400 - - - -
c Note 1: Below 0.25 (1/4) SM no VIS is reported in SM. Above 6000ft no RVR is reported in ft.
a Note 2: For VIS reported as 0.25 (1/4) SM use 1600ft as equivalent value.
© Lido 2020
a Note 3: For VIS reported as 0.38 (3/8) SM use 2200ft as equivalent value.
Sheet 1636439

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
7.1.4 Slant Range in Nautical Miles (NM)
7.1.5 Theoretical VHF Radio & NAVAID Coverage

HGT (ft) DIST (NM) HGT (ft) DIST (NM) HGT (ft) DIST (NM) HGT (ft) DIST (NM)
1000 39 6000 95 15000 151 35000 230
2000 55 8000 110 20000 174 40000 246
3000 67 10000 123 25000 194 45000 261
4000 78 12000 135 30000 213 50000 275
DIST (NM) = 1.23 x square root of the HGT (ft)
7.1.6 Distance Units

From To Multiply by
Meters Feet 3.280833
Yards 1.093611
Feet Meters 0.3048006
Yards 0.3333333
Yards Feet 3
Meters 0.9144018
Inches Millimeters 25.40
Millimeters Inches 0.03937
Kilometers Statue Miles 0.62137
Nautical Miles 0.54000
Statue Miles Kilometers 1.609347
Nautical Miles 0.869047
Nautical Miles Statue Miles 1.150685
Kilometers 1.851852
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395464
*1395464*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
7.2 Liquids and Weights
7.2.1 Liters – U.S. Gallons – Imp. Gallons – KG and lb
7.2.2 Jet Fuel Weight

Specific weight: 0.80
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395464

LAT
LAT
08-JUL-2021
7.2.3 Liters to Kilograms
This table converts liters into kg, calculated with a specifc weight of 0.8kg per l of fuel.
Liter 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950
0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760
1000 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160 1200 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1480 1520 1560
2000 1600 1640 1680 1720 1760 1800 1840 1880 1920 1960 2000 2040 2080 2120 2160 2200 2240 2280 2320 2360
3000 2400 2440 2480 2520 2560 2600 2640 2680 2720 2760 2800 2840 2880 2920 2960 3000 3040 3080 3120 3160
4000 3200 3240 3280 3320 3360 3400 3440 3480 3520 3560 3600 3640 3680 3720 3760 3800 3840 3880 3920 3960
5000 4000 4040 4080 4120 4160 4200 4240 4280 4320 4360 4400 4440 4480 4520 4560 4600 4640 4680 4720 4760
6000 4800 4840 4880 4920 4960 5000 5040 5080 5120 5160 5200 5240 5280 5320 5360 5400 5440 5480 5520 5560
7000 5600 5640 5680 5720 5760 5800 5840 5880 5920 5960 6000 6040 6080 6120 6160 6200 6240 6280 6320 6360
8000 6400 6440 6480 6520 6560 6600 6640 6680 6720 6760 6800 6840 6880 6920 6960 7000 7040 7080 7120 7160
9000 7200 7240 7280 7320 7360 7400 7440 7480 7520 7560 7600 7640 7680 7720 7760 7800 7840 7880 7920 7960
10000 8000 8040 8080 8120 8160 8200 8240 8280 8320 8360 8400 8440 8480 8520 8560 8600 8640 8680 8720 8760
Example: 4150l = 3320kg
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1799133
*1799133*
General Part
LAT
08-JUL-2021
7.2.4 Fuel Density (LB/USG – KG/L)
7.2.5 Liquid and Weight Units

From To Multiply by
Imp. Gallons 0.219975
Liters
US Gallons 0.264178
Liquids
Liters 3.785332
US Gallons
Imp. Gallons 0.832680
Kilograms Pounds 2.204622
Kilograms 1000
Weights Metric Tons
Pounds 2205
Pounds Kilograms 0.453592
Liters Kilograms 0.7100 0.800
Liters 1.4085 1.2500
Kilograms US Gallons 0.3717 0.3299
Imp. Gallons 0.3095 0.2747
Kilograms 3.2305 3.6400
Fuel Weight Imp. Gallons
Pounds 7.1220 8.0248
Imp. Gallons 0.1404 1.1246
Pounds
US Gallons 0.1686 0.1496
Kilograms 2.6909 3.0320
US Gallons
Pounds 5.9323 6.6843
7.3 Wind Velocity

From To Multiply by
m/s KT 2.0
m/s ft/min ca. 200
© Lido 2021
Sheet 1799134
*1799134*
General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
7.4 Temperature, Pressures and Altitudes
7.4.1 Determination of True Altitude / Flight Level
Temperature correction for lowest usable altitude calculation
Note If it is desired to calculate the true altitude from an actual flight level, the algebraic signs (+,-)
of the two corrections to/from the FL figure (instead of lowest usable altitude figure) have to be
reversed.
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395466
*1395466*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
Example for True Altitude / Flight Level
Example
Required lowest usable altitude = 18000ft
OAT = Standard temperature +10°C
Graph OAT: Subtract from lowest usable altitude = -700ft
Graph QNH: Add to lowest usable altitude = 1008MB/hPa
Obtain corresponding indicated altitude = 17450ft
7.4.2 Temperatures of Standard Atmosphere
7.5 Temperature Tables (Degrees Celsius to Degrees Fahrenheit)

© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395466

General Part
LAT
16-MAY-2019
7.6 Altimeter Corrections
7.6.1 Responsibility
Pilot's Responsibility
The PIC is responsible for the safety of the operation and the safety of the aeroplane and of all persons on
board during flight time. This includes responsibility for obstacle clearance, except when an IFR flight is being
d vectored.
This chapter deals with altimeter corrections for pressure, temperature and, where appropriate, wind and
terrain effects. The pilot is responsible for these corrections, except when under radar vectoring. In that case,
the radar controller issues clearances such that the prescribed obstacle clearance will exist at all times,
taking the cold temperature correction into account.
d Note: When an IFR flight is being vectored, ATC may assign minimum vectoring altitudes which are
below the minimum sector altitude. Minimum vectoring altitudes provide obstacle clearance at
all times until the aircraft reaches the point where the pilot will resume own navigation. The PIC
should closely monitor the aircraft’s position with reference to pilot-interpreted NAVAIDs to
minimize the amount of radar navigation assistance required and to alleviate the consequences
c resulting from a failure of the ATS surveillance system. The PIC should also continuously monitor
communications with ATC while being vectored, and should immediately climb the aircraft to the
minimum sector altitude if ATC does not issue further instructions within a suitable interval, or if
a communications failure occurs.
The determination of lowest usable flight levels by air traffic control units within controlled airspace does not
relieve the PIC of the responsibility for ensuring that adequate terrain clearance exists, except when an IFR
flight is being vectored by radar.
Air Traffic Control (ATC)
If an aircraft is cleared by ATC to an altitude which the PIC finds unacceptable due to low temperature, then
the PIC should request a higher altitude. If such a request is not received, ATC will consider that the clearance
has been accepted and will be complied with.
Flights Outside Controlled Airspace
For IFR flights outside controlled airspace, including flights operating below the lower limit of controlled
airspace, the determination of the lowest usable flight level is the responsibility of the PIC. Current or forecast
QNH and temperature values should be taken into account.
It is possible that altimeter corrections below controlled airspace may accumulate to the point where the
aircraft’s position may impinge on a flight level or assigned altitude in controlled airspace. The PIC must then
obtain clearance from the appropriate control agency.
7.6.2 Pressure Correction
Flight Levels
When flying at levels with the altimeter set to 1013.2 hPa, the MSA must be corrected for deviations in
pressure when the pressure is lower than the standard atmosphere (1013 hPa). An appropriate correction is
10m (30ft) per hPa below 1013 hPa. Alternatively, the correction can be obtained from standard correction
graphs or tables supplied by the operator.
QNH/QFE
When using the QNH or QFE altimeter setting (giving altitude or height above QFE datum respectively), a
pressure correction is not required.
7.6.3 Temperature Correction
Requirement for Temperature Correction
The calculated minimum safe altitudes/heights must be adjusted when the ambient temperature on the
surface is much lower than that predicted by the standard atmosphere. In such conditions, an approximate
correction is 4 per cent height increase for every 10°C below standard temperature as measured at the
altimeter setting source. This is safe for all altimeter setting source altitudes for temperatures above –15°C.
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1513416
*1513416*
LAT General Part
16-MAY-2019
Tabulated Corrections
For colder temperatures, a more accurate correction should be obtained from the table below. This table is
calculated for a sea level aerodrome. It is therefore conservative when applied at higher aerodromes. To
calculate the corrections for specific aerodromes or altimeter setting sources above sea level, or for values
not tabulated, see “Corrections for Specific Conditions”.
Values to be Added by the Pilot to Minimum Promulgated Heights/Altitudes (ft)
AD Temp Height above the elevation of the altimeter setting source (feet)
(°C) 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000
0 20 20 30 30 40 40 50 50 60 90 120 170 230 280
-10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 150 200 290 390 490
-20 30 50 60 70 90 100 120 130 140 210 280 420 570 710
-30 40 60 80 100 120 140 150 170 190 280 380 570 760 950
-40 50 80 100 120 150 170 190 220 240 360 480 720 970 1210
-50 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 450 590 890 1190 1500
Example (refer to gray shaded fields):

Aerodrome elevation: 1000ft; reported temperature: -40°C
Published Altitude Height Above Indicated Altitude

Fix: Aerodrome Correction (ft)
(ft) (ft)
Elevation (ft)
IAF 4000 3000 720 4720
FAF 3000 2000 480 3480
MDA 1400 400 100 1500
Corrections for Specific Conditions

The above table was calculated assuming a linear variation of temperature with height. They were based on
the following equation, which may be used with the appropriate value of t0, H, L0 and Hss to calculate
temperature corrections for specific conditions. This equation produces results that are within 5 per cent of
the accurate correction for altimeter setting sources up to 3000m (10000ft) and with minimum heights up to
1500m (5000ft) above that source.
where:
= minimum height above the altimeter setting source (setting source is normally the
H aerodrome unless otherwise specified)
= taerodrome + L0 × haerodrome . . . aerodrome (or specified temperature reporting point)
t0 temperature adjusted to sea level
L0 = 0.0065°C per m or 0.00198°C per ft
Hss = altimeter setting source elevation
taerodrome = aerodrome (or specified temperature reporting point) temperature
haerodrome = aerodrome (or specified temperature reporting point) elevation
© Lido 2019
Sheet 1513416

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
Accurate Corrections
For occasions when a more accurate temperature correction is required, this may be obtained from Equation
24 of the Engineering Sciences Data Unit (ESDU) publication, Performance, Volume 2, Item Number 770221.
This assumes an off-standard atmosphere.
where:
ΔhPAirplane = aircraft height above aerodrome (pressure)
ΔhGAirplane = aircraft height above aerodrome (geopotential)
Δtstd = temperature deviation from the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) temperature
L0 = standard temperature lapse rate with pressure altitude in the first layer (sea level to
tropopause) of the ISA
t0 = standard temperature at sea level
Note: Geopotential height includes a correction to account for the variation of g (average 9.8067 m
sec2) with heights. However, the effect is negligible at the minimum altitudes considered for
obstacle clearance: the difference between geometric height and geopotential height increases
from zero at mean sea level to –59 ft at 36000ft
The above equation cannot be solved directly in terms of hGAirplane, and an iterative solution is required. This
can be done with a simple computer or spreadsheet programme.
Assumption Regarding Temperature Lapse Rates
Both the above equations assume a constant off-standard temperature lapse rate. The actual lapse rate may
vary considerably from the assumed standard, depending on latitude and time of year. However, the
corrections derived from the linear approximation can be taken as a satisfactory estimate for general
application at levels up to 4000m (12000ft). The correction from the accurate calculation is valid up to
11000m (36000ft).
Note 1: Where required for take-off performance calculations or wherever accurate corrections are
required for non-standard (as opposed to off-standard) atmospheres, appropriate methods are
given in ESDU Item 78012, Height relationships for non-standard atmospheres. This allows for
non-standard temperature lapse rates and lapse rates defined in terms of either geopotential
height or pressure height.
Note 2: Temperature values are those at the altimeter setting source (normally the aerodrome). En route,
the setting source nearest to the position of the aircraft should be used.
Small Corrections
For practical operational use, it is appropriate to apply a temperature correction when the value of the
correction exceeds 20 per cent of the associated Minimum Obstacle Clearance (MOC). © Lido 2018
Sheet 1395468
*1395468*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
7.6.4 Mountainous Areas - En Route
The MOC over mountainous areas is normally applied during the design of routes and is stated in State
aeronautical information publications. However, where no information is available, the margins in the table
below may be used when:
a) the selected cruising altitude or flight level or one engine inoperative stabilizing altitude is at or close
to the calculated minimum safe altitude; and
b) the flight is within 19km (10NM) of terrain having a maximum elevation exceeding 900m (3000 ft).
Margin in Mountainous Areas
Terrain Variation MOC
Between 3000ft and 5000ft 1476ft
Greater than 5000ft 1969ft
7.6.5 Mountainous Terrain - Terminal Areas

The combination of strong winds and mountainous terrain can cause local changes in atmospheric pressure
due to the Bernoulli effect. This occurs particularly when the wind direction is across mountain crests or
ridges. It is not possible to make an exact calculation, but theoretical studies (CFD Norway, Report 109.1989)
have indicated altimeter errors as shown in the table below. Although States may provide guidance, it is up to
the PIC evaluate whether the combination of terrain, wind strength and direction are such as to make a
correction for wind necessary.
Corrections for wind speed should be applied in addition to the standard corrections for pressure and
temperature, and ATC should be advised.
Altimeter Error due to Wind Speed
Wind Speed (KT) Altimeter Error (ft)
20 53
40 201
60 455
80 812
Note: The wind speed values were measured 30m above aerodrome elevation.
7.7 Pressure and Temperature Units

From To Multiply by
inHG psi 0.491157
Pressure inHG 2.036009
psi
hPa/Bar 0.0689
hPa/BAR psi 14.5038
Celsius Fahrenheit 1.8 and add 32
Temperature
Fahrenheit Celsius subtract 32 and multiply by 0.555
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395468

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
7.8 Millimeter of Mercury (mmHG) to Hectopascal (hPa)
mmHG 0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9
hPA
650 867 868 869 871 872 873 875 876 877 879
660 880 881 883 884 885 887 888 889 891 892
670 893 895 896 897 899 900 901 903 904 905
680 907 908 909 911 912 913 915 916 917 919
690 920 921 923 924 925 927 928 929 931 932
700 933 935 936 937 939 940 941 943 944 945
710 947 948 949 951 952 953 955 956 957 959
720 960 961 963 964 965 967 968 969 971 972
730 973 975 976 977 979 980 981 983 984 985
740 987 988 989 991 992 993 995 996 997 999
750 1000 1001 1003 1004 1005 1007 1008 1009 1011 1012
760 1013 1015 1016 1017 1019 1020 1021 1023 1024 1025
770 1027 1028 1029 1031 1032 1033 1035 1036 1037 1039
780 1040 1041 1043 1044 1045 1047 1048 1049 1051 1052
790 1053 1055 1056 1057 1059 1060 1061 1063 1064 1065
800 1067 1068 1069 1071 1072 1073 1075 1076 1077 1079
810 1080 1081 1083 1084 1085 1087 1088 1089 1091 1092
1 mmHG (0°C) = 1.33322 hPA
7.9 Inches of Mercury (inHG) to Hectopascal (hPa)

inHG 0 +0.05 +0.10 +0.15 +0.20 +0.25 +0.30 +0.35 +0.40 +0.45
hPA
25.50 864 865 867 869 870 872 874 875 877 879
26.00 880 882 884 886 887 889 891 892 894 896
26.50 897 899 901 902 904 906 908 909 911 913
27.00 914 916 918 919 921 923 924 926 928 930
27.50 931 933 935 936 938 940 941 943 945 946
28.00 948 950 952 953 955 957 958 960 962 963
28.50 965 967 969 970 972 974 975 977 979 980
29.00 982 984 985 987 989 991 992 994 996 997
29.50 999 1001 1002 1004 1006 1007 1009 1011 1013 1014
30.00 1016 1018 1019 1021 1023 1024 1026 1028 1029 1031
30.50 1033 1035 1036 1038 1040 1041 1043 1045 1046 1048
31.00 1050 1051 1053 1055 1057 1058 1060 1062 1063 1065
31.50 1067 1068 1070 1072 1073 1075 1077 1079 1080 1082
32.00 1084 1085 1087 1089 1090 1092 1094 1095 1097 1099
1 inHG (32°F) = 33.8638 hPA
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395469
*1395469*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
7.10 Climb Gradient Table
Climb Gradient Ground Speed (GS) in KT with Rate Of Climb (ROC) in ft/min
% ft/NM 120 150 180 210 240 270
2.5 152 400 400 500 600 700 700
2.6 158 400 400 500 600 700 800
2.7 164 400 500 500 600 700 800
2.8 170 400 500 600 600 700 800
2.9 176 400 500 600 700 800 800
3.0 182 400 500 600 700 800 900
3.1 188 400 500 600 700 800 900
3.2 194 400 500 600 700 800 900
3.3 201 500 600 700 800 900 1000
3.4 207 500 600 700 800 900 1000
3.5 213 500 600 700 800 900 1000
3.6 219 500 600 700 800 900 1000
3.7 225 500 600 700 800 900 1100
3.8 231 500 600 700 900 1000 1100
3.9 237 500 600 800 900 1000 1100
4 243 500 700 800 900 1000 1100
4.1 249 500 700 800 900 1000 1200
4.2 255 600 700 800 900 1100 1200
4.3 261 600 700 800 1000 1100 1200
4.4 267 600 700 900 1000 1100 1300
4.5 273 600 700 900 1000 1100 1300
4.6 280 600 700 900 1000 1200 1300
4.7 286 600 800 900 1000 1200 1300
4.8 292 600 800 900 1100 1200 1400
4.9 298 600 800 900 1100 1200 1400
5 304 700 800 1000 1100 1300 1400
5.1 310 700 800 1000 1100 1300 1400
5.2 316 700 800 1000 1200 1300 1500
5.3 322 700 900 1000 1200 1300 1500
5.4 328 700 900 1000 1200 1400 1500
5.5 334 700 900 1100 1200 1400 1600
5.6 340 700 900 1100 1200 1400 1600
5.7 346 700 900 1100 1300 1400 1600
5.8 352 800 900 1100 1300 1500 1600
5.9 359 800 900 1100 1300 1500 1700
6 365 800 1000 1100 1300 1500 1700
6.1 371 800 1000 1200 1300 1500 1700
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395469

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
% ft/NM 120 150 180 210 240 270
6.2 377 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1700
6.3 383 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
6.4 389 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
6.5 395 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
6.6 401 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900
6.7 407 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900
6.8 413 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900
6.9 419 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900
7 425 900 1100 1300 1500 1800 2000
7.1 431 900 1100 1300 1600 1800 2000
7.2 437 900 1100 1400 1600 1800 2000
7.3 444 900 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
7.4 450 900 1200 1400 1600 1800 2100
7.5 456 1000 1200 1400 1600 1900 2100
7.6 462 1000 1200 1400 1700 1900 2100
7.7 468 1000 1200 1500 1700 1900 2200
7.8 474 1000 1200 1500 1700 1900 2200
7.9 480 1000 1300 1500 1700 2000 2200
8 486 1000 1300 1500 1800 2000 2200
8.1 492 1000 1300 1500 1800 2000 2300
8.2 498 1000 1300 1500 1800 2000 2300
8.3 504 1100 1300 1600 1800 2100 2300
8.4 510 1100 1300 1600 1800 2100 2300
8.5 516 1100 1300 1600 1900 2100 2400
8.6 523 1100 1400 1600 1900 2100 2400
8.7 529 1100 1400 1600 1900 2200 2400
8.8 535 1100 1400 1700 1900 2200 2500
8.9 541 1100 1400 1700 1900 2200 2500
9 547 1100 1400 1700 2000 2200 2500
9.1 553 1200 1400 1700 2000 2300 2500
9.2 559 1200 1400 1700 2000 2300 2600
9.3 565 1200 1500 1700 2000 2300 2600
9.4 571 1200 1500 1800 2000 2300 2600
9.5 577 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2600
9.6 583 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700
9.7 589 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700
9.8 595 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700
9.9 602 1300 1600 1900 2200 2500 2800
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395470
*1395470*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
% ft/NM 120 150 180 210 240 270
10 608 1300 1600 1900 2200 2500 2800
10.1 614 1300 1600 1900 2200 2500 2800
10.2 620 1300 1600 1900 2200 2500 2800
10.3 626 1300 1600 1900 2200 2600 2900
10.4 632 1300 1600 1900 2300 2600 2900
10.5 638 1300 1600 2000 2300 2600 2900
10.6 644 1300 1700 2000 2300 2600 2900
10.7 650 1400 1700 2000 2300 2700 3000
10.8 656 1400 1700 2000 2300 2700 3000
10.9 662 1400 1700 2000 2400 2700 3000
11 668 1400 1700 2100 2400 2700 3100
11.1 674 1400 1700 2100 2400 2700 3100
11.2 681 1400 1800 2100 2400 2800 3100
11.3 687 1400 1800 2100 2500 2800 3100
11.4 693 1400 1800 2100 2500 2800 3200
11.5 699 1400 1800 2100 2500 2800 3200
11.6 705 1500 1800 2200 2500 2900 3200
11.7 711 1500 1800 2200 2500 2900 3200
11.8 717 1500 1800 2200 2600 2900 3300
11.9 723 1500 1900 2200 2600 2900 3300
12 729 1500 1900 2200 2600 3000 3300
12.1 735 1500 1900 2300 2600 3000 3400
12.2 741 1500 1900 2300 2600 3000 3400
12.3 747 1500 1900 2300 2700 3000 3400
12.4 753 1600 1900 2300 2700 3100 3400
12.5 760 1600 1900 2300 2700 3100 3500
12.6 766 1600 2000 2300 2700 3100 3500
12.7 772 1600 2000 2400 2800 3100 3500
12.8 778 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3500
12.9 784 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
13 790 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
13.1 796 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
13.2 802 1700 2100 2500 2900 3300 3700
13.3 808 1700 2100 2500 2900 3300 3700
13.4 814 1700 2100 2500 2900 3300 3700
13.5 820 1700 2100 2500 2900 3300 3700
13.6 826 1700 2100 2500 2900 3400 3800
13.7 832 1700 2100 2500 3000 3400 3800
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395470

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
% ft/NM 120 150 180 210 240 270
13.8 838 1700 2100 2600 3000 3400 3800
13.9 845 1700 2200 2600 3000 3400 3900
14 851 1800 2200 2600 3000 3500 3900
14.1 857 1800 2200 2600 3000 3500 3900
14.2 863 1800 2200 2600 3100 3500 3900
14.3 869 1800 2200 2700 3100 3500 4000
14.4 875 1800 2200 2700 3100 3500 4000
14.5 881 1800 2300 2700 3100 3600 4000
14.6 887 1800 2300 2700 3200 3600 4000
14.7 893 1800 2300 2700 3200 3600 4100
14.8 899 1800 2300 2700 3200 3600 4100
14.9 905 1900 2300 2800 3200 3700 4100
15 911 1900 2300 2800 3200 3700 4200
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395471
*1395471*
LAT
LAT
12-JUL-2018
7.11 Descent Gradient Table
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395472
*1395472*
General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
7.12 Sunrise and Sunset Tables
7.12.1 Sunrise Table
This table provides the local mean time (in UTC) for sunrise at a given LAT for any meridian line.
To obtain the SR time in UTC:
a) Convert LONG into HR and MIN (1° of LONG = 4 MIN; 15° of LONG = 1 HR)
b) For West LONG, add the above value. For East LONG, substract the above value.
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395473
*1395473*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
Determine the time of SR on 15FEB at position 45N010E.
a) Enter the table at 45N and 15FEB --> Time 0701
Example: b) Substract 40 MIN (10 x 4) for 10° East LONG
c) 0701 - 40 MIN = 0621
SR = 0621 UTC
Definition of "Night"
"Night" means the period between the end of evening civil twilight and the beginning of morning civil twilight
or such other period between sunset and sunrise as may be prescribed by the appropriate Authority, as
defined by the Member State.
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395473

General Part
LAT
12-JUL-2018
7.12.2 Sunset Table
This table provides the local mean time (in UTC) for sunset at a given LAT for any meridian line.
To obtain the SS time in UTC:
a) Convert LONG into HR and MIN (1° of LONG = 4 MIN; 15° of LONG = 1 HR)
b) For West LONG, add the above value. For East LONG, substract the above value.
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395474
*1395474*
LAT General Part
12-JUL-2018
Determine the time of SS on 16MAY at position 45N010E.
a) Enter the table at 45N and 16MAY --> Time 1923
Example: b) Substract 40 MIN (10x4) for 10° East LONG
c) 1923 - 40 MIN = 1843
SS = 1843 UTC
Definition of "Night"
"Night" means the period between the end of evening civil twilight and the beginning of morning civil twilight
or such other period between sunset and sunrise as may be prescribed by the appropriate Authority, as
defined by the Member State.
© Lido 2018
Sheet 1395474

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
7.13 World Local Times
General
Operational hours are normally indicated in UTC.
In order to calculate Local Standard Time (LT) or Daylight Saving Time (DST), the respective differences to
UTC shall be added or subtracted to/from UTC.
Where times are exceptionally given in local time, they are followed by the letters "LT".
Relation between UTC Times and Local Times
In the following example, the night restrictions in the LSZH AOI are published as "No LDG/TKOF 2200 -
0500‡".
The symbol "‡" indicates that during DST periods, the effective hours in UTC shall be one hour earlier. The
conclusion is that the restriction applies to 2300 - 0600 LT throughout the entire year.
LSZH (Switzerland) No LDG/TKOF 2200-0500‡
Local Standard Time (LT): UTC +1 2200-0500 UTC = 2300-0600 LT.
Daylight Saving Time (DST): UTC + 2 2100-0400 UTC = 2300-0600 LT
Difference to UTC
Country/Place Standard DST Period
DST
Time
Afghanistan +4:30
Albania +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Algeria +1
American Samoa -11
Andaman and Nicobar Islands +5:30
Angola +1
Anguilla -4
Antigua and Barbuda -4
Argentina -3
Armenia +4
Aruba -4
Ascension Island +0
Australia
Christmas Island Time +7
WesternTime
Western Australia +8
YBRM, YPPH
Central Time
Northern Territory +9:30
YBAS, YPDN
Central Time
03 OCT 2021 - 03 APR 2022
South Australia +9:30 +10:30
02 OCT 2022 - 02 APR 2023
YPAD, YBHI
Eastern Time
Queensland +10
© Lido 2022
YBBN, YBCG, YBCS, YBTL, YBWW
Sheet 1917535
*1917535*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
Difference to UTC
DST
Time
Eastern Time
03 OCT 2021 - 03 APR 2022
New South Wales (EXC YBHI), Victoria, Tasmania +10 +11
02 OCT 2022 - 02 APR 2023
YMHB, YMML, YSCB, YSSY
Austria +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Azerbaijan +4
Bahamas -5 -4 13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
Bahrain +3
Bangladesh +6
Barbados -4
Belarus +3
Belgium +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Belize -6
Benin +1
Bermuda -4 -3 13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
Bhutan +6
Bolivia -4
Bonaire -4
Bosnia and Herzegovina +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Botswana +2
Brazil
Fernando do Noronha Time
Trindade, Martim Vaz -2
SBFN
Brasília Time
Alagoas, Ampa, Bahia, Ceara, Maranhao, Para,
Paraiba, Pernambuco, Piaui, Rio Grande Norte,
Sergipe, Tocantins, Espirito Santo, Goias, Minas
Gerais, Parana, Rio de Janeiro, Rio Grande do Sul, -3
Santa Catarina, Sao Paulo
SBBH, SBBR, SBCF, SBCT, SBFI, SBFL, SBGL,
SBGR, SBKP, SBPA, SBAR, SBBE, SBFZ, SBNT,
SBRF, SBSL, SBSV
Amazon Time
Part of Amazonas, Part of Mato Grosso, Rondonia, -4
Roraima
SBEG
Acre Time
-5
Acre, Part of Amazonas, Rio Branco
British Virgin Islands -4
Brunei +8
Bulgaria +2 +3 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
© Lido 2022
Burkina Faso +0
Sheet 1917535

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
Difference to UTC
DST
Time
Burundi +2
Cambodia +7
Cameroon +1
Canada
Newfoundland Standard Time
Labrador (SE tip) -3:30 -2:30
CYJT, CYQX, CYYT
Atlantic Standard Time
Labrador (all but SE tip), New Brunswick, Nova -4 -3
Scotia, Prince Edward Island, Quebec (E)
CYHZ, CYQM, CYYR
Eastern Standard Time
Nunavut (E of 085W and Southampton Island,
Ontario (E of 090W), Quebec -5 -4
CYBG, CYFB, CYMX, CYOW, CYQB, CYUL, CYVO,
CYYZ
13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
Central Standard Time
Manitoba, Nunavut (BTN 085W and 102W),
Ontario (NW, west of 090W, Saskatchewan (EXC -6 -5
Lloydminster)
CYWG, CYYQ
Mountain Standard Time
Alberta, British Columbia (E), Northwest -7 -6
Territories, Nunavut (west of 102W), Lloydminster
CYEG, CYYC, CYZF
Pacific Standard Time
British Columbia (W), Tungsten, Yukon -8 -7
CYVR, CYXY
Cape Verde +0
Cayman Islands -5
Central African Republic +1
Chad +1
05 SEP 2021 - 03 APR 2022
Chile -4 -3
04 SEP 2022 - 02 APR 2023
China +8
Colombia -5
Comoros +3
Congo, Democratic Republic of the
West Africa Time
+1
FZAA, FZEA
Central Africa Time
+2
FZIC, FZNA, FZOA, FZQA, FZWA
© Lido 2022
Congo, Republic of the +1
Sheet 1917536
*1917536*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
Difference to UTC
DST
Time
Cook Islands -10
Costa Rica -6
Croatia +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Cuba -5 -4 13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
Curaçao -4
Cyprus +2 +3 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Czech Republic +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Denmark +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Diego Garcia +6
Djibouti +3
Dominica -4
Dominican Republic -4
04 SEP 2021 - 02 APR 2022
Easter Island -6 -5
03 SEP 2022 - 01 APR 2023
East Timor +9
Ecuador -5
Galapagos Islands -6
Egypt +2
El Salvador -6
Equatorial Guinea +1
Eritrea +3
Estonia +2 +3 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Eswatini +2
Ethiopia +3
Falkland Islands -3
Faroe Islands +0 +1 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Fiji +12 +13 13 NOV 2022 - 15 JAN 2023
Finland +2 +3 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
c France +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
French Antilles (Guadeloupe, Martinique) -4
French Guiana -3
French Polynesia
Tahiti Time
-10
NTAA
Marquesas Time
-9:30
NTMD
Gambier Time
-9
NTGJ
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917536

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
Difference to UTC
DST
Time
Gabon +1
Gambia +0
Georgia
Georgia Standard Time
+4
UGTB
Moscow Standard Time
+3
UGSS
Germany +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Ghana +0
Gibraltar +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Greece +2 +3 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Greenland
Danmarkshavn +0
East Greenland Time (Scoresbysund,
-1 +0 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Ittoqqortoormiit)
West Greenland Time (Most areas of Greenland
(includes Nuuk/Godthab - excludes Thule,
Danmarkshavn and Ittoqqortoormiit areas) -3 -2 26 MAR 2022 - 29 OCT 2022
BGBW, BGKK, BGSF
Thule Air Base (Pituffik)
-4 -3 13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
BGTL
Grenada -4
Guam +10
Guatemala -6
Guinea +0
Guinea-Bissau +0
Guyana -4
Haiti -5 -4 13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
Honduras -6
Hong Kong +8
Hungary +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Iceland +0
India +5:30
Indonesia
Western Indonesian Time
(Sumatra, Java, West/Central Kalimantan) +7
WARJ, WARR, WARS, WICC, WIII, WIMM, WIPP,
WITT
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917537
*1917537*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
Difference to UTC
DST
Time
Central Indonesian Time
(Sulawesi, Lesser Sunda Islands, Bali, East/South +8
Kalimantan)
WADD
Eastern Indonesian Time
+9
(Maluku Islands, West Papua, Papua)
Iran +3:30 +4:30 22 MAR 2022 - 22 SEP 2022
Iraq +3
Ireland +0 +1 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Israel +2 +3 25 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Italy +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Ivory Coast +0
Jamaica -5
Japan +9
Jordan +2 +3 25 FEB 2022 - 28 OCT 2022
Kazakhstan
Western Zone: UATE, UATG +5
Eastern Zone: UAAA, UACC, UAKK +6
Kenya +3
Kiribati
Line Islands Time
+14
Kirimati
Phoenix Island Time
+13
Kanton Island, Rawaki
Gilbert Island Time
+12
Tarawa, Tabiteuea
Korea, Democratic People's Republic of +9
Korea, Republic of +9
Kosovo +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Kuwait +3
Kyrgyzstan +6
Laos +7
Latvia +2 +3 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Lebanon +2 +3 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Lesotho +2
Liberia +0
Libya +2
Lithuania +2 +3 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
© Lido 2022
Luxembourg +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Sheet 1917537

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
Difference to UTC
DST
Time
Macao +8
Madagascar +3
Malawi +2
Malaysia +8
Maldives +5
Mali +0
Malta +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Marshall Islands +12
Mauritania +0
Mauritius +4
Mayotte +3
Mexico
Eastern Time
Quintana Roo -5
MMCM, MMCZ, MMUN
Central Time
Aguascalientes, Campeche, Chiapas, Coahuila,
Colima, Distrito Federal, Durango, Estado de
México, Guanajuato, Guerrero, Hidalgo, Jalisco,
León, Michoacán, Morelos, Nuevo León, Oaxaca,
Puebla, Querétaro, San Luis Potosí, Tabasco, 03 APR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Tamaulipas, Tlaxcala, Veracruz, Yucatán, -6 -5
Zacatecas
MMAA, MMAN, MMBT, MMCP, MMCT, MMGL,
MMMD, MMMM, MMMX, MMMY, MMOX, MMPB,
MMPR, MMPS, MMQT, MMSP, MMTM, MMTO,
MMVA, MMVR, MMZH, MMZO
MMMA 13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
Mountain Time
Baja California Sur, Chihuahua, Nayarit, Sinaloa -7 -6 03 APR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
MMCL, MMCU, MMLP, MMMZ, MMSD
Sonora
-7
MMHO
Pacific Time
Baja California -8 -7 13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
MMML, MMTJ
Micronesia
Chuuk Time
Weno, Yap +10
PTKK, PTYA
Pohnpei Standard Time / Kosrae Time
Pohnpei,Kosrae +11
© Lido 2022
PTPN, PTSA
Sheet 1917538
*1917538*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
Difference to UTC
DST
Time
Midway Islands -9 -8 13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
Moldova +2 +3 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Mongolia (Ulaanbaatar Time) +8
Far Western Provinces of Hovd, Uvs, Bayan-Olgii +7
(Hovd Time)
Montenegro +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Montserrat -4
Morocco +1 +0 27 MAR 2022 - 08 MAY 2022
Mozambique +2
Myanmar +6:30
Namibia +2
Nauru +12
Nepal +5:45
Netherlands +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
New Caledonia +11
26 SEP 2021 - 03 APR 2022
New Zealand +13 +12
25 SEP 2022 - 02 APR 2023
Nicaragua -6
Niger +1
Nigeria +1
Niue -11
03 OCT 2021 - 03 APR 2022
Norfolk Island +12 +11
02 OCT 2022 - 02 APR 2023
North Macedonia +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Norway +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Oman +4
Pakistan +5
Palau +9
Panama -5
Papua New Guinea
Mount Hagen, Lae, Port Moresby, Rabaul
+10
AYPY
Buka, Arawa +11
03 OCT 2021 - 27 MAR 2022
Paraguay -4 -3
02 OCT 2022 - 26 MAR 2023
Peru -5
Philippines +8
Poland +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
© Lido 2022
Portugal +0 +1 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Sheet 1917538

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
Difference to UTC
DST
Time
Azores -1 +0 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Puerto Rico -4
Qatar +3
Reunion +4
Romania +2 +3 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Russian Federation
Eastern European Time
Kaliningrad +2
UMKK
Moscow
ULAA, ULLI, ULMM, URFB, URFF, URKK, URMG, +3
URMM, URMT, URRR, URSS, UUDD, UUEE, UUWW,
UUYY, UWGG, UWKD
Samara Time
Samara +4
URWA, URWW, UWWW
Yekaterinburg Time
Yekaterinburg +5
USCC, USCM, USDD, USPP, USSS, UWOO, UWUU
Omsk Standard Time
Omsk +6
UNNT, UNOO
Krasnoyarsk Time
Krasnoyarsk +7
UNKL
Novosibirsk Time
Novosibirsk +7
UNNT
Irkutsk Time
Irkutsk +8
UIII
Yakutsk Time
Yakutsk, Chita +9
UEEE, UHBB, UIAA
Vladivostok Time
Vladivostok +10
UHHH, UHWW
Magadan Time
Magadan +11
UHMM
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917539
*1917539*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
Difference to UTC
DST
Time
Sakhalin Time
Yuzhno-Sakhalinsk +11
UHSS
Srednekolymsk Time
Srednekolymsk +11
UESK
Anadyr Time
Anadyr +12
UHMA
Kamchatka Time
Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky +12
UHPP
Rwanda +2
Saba -4
Saint-Pierre and Miquelon -3 -2 13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
Samoa +13
Sao Tome and Principe +0
Saudi Arabia +3
Senegal +0
Serbia +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Seychelles +4
Sierra Leone +0
Singapore +8
Sint Eustasius -4
Sint Maarten -4
Slovakia +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Slovenia +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Solomon Islands +11
Somalia +3
South Africa +2
Spain
Central European Time
+1 +2
Madrid
27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Western European Time
+0 +1
Las Palmas
Sri Lanka +5:30
St Helena +0
St Kitts and Nevis -4
St Lucia -4
© Lido 2022
St Vincent and the Grenadines -4
Sheet 1917539

General Part
LAT
09-JUN-2022
Difference to UTC
DST
Time
Sudan +2
Suriname -3
Sweden +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Switzerland +1 +2 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
Syria +2 +3 25 MAR 2022 - 28 OCT 2022
Taiwan +8
Tajikistan +5
Tanzania +3
Thailand +7
Togo +0
Tonga +13
Trinidad and Tobago -4
Tunisia +1
Tunisia +1
Turkmenistan +5
Turks and Caicos Islands -5 -4 13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
Tuvalu +12
Uganda +3
Ukraine
Eastern European Time +2 +3 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
+3
UKCC, UKFF
United Arab Emirates +4
United Kingdom +0 +1 27 MAR 2022 - 30 OCT 2022
United States of America
Eastern Standard Time
KATL, KBDL, KBGR, KBOS, KBWI, KCLE, KDCA, -5 -4
KDTW, KEWR, KFLL, KIAD, KJFK, KLGA, KMCO,
KMIA, KPHL, KPIT, KRDU, KRSW, KSDF, KTPA
Central Standard Time 13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
KAUS, KDFW, KHSV, KIAH, KMCI, KMEM, KMKE, -6 -5
KMSP, KMSY, KORD, KSTL
Mountain Standard Time
-7 -6
KABQ, KDEN, KSLC
Mountain Standard Time (Arizona)
-7
KPHX, KTUS
Pacific Standard Time
-8 -7
KLAS, KLAX, KPDX, KSAN, KSEA, KSFO
13 MAR 2022 - 06 NOV 2022
Alaska Standard Time
-9 -8
© Lido 2022
PAFA, PANC
Sheet 1917540
*1917540*
LAT General Part
09-JUN-2022
Difference to UTC
DST
Time
Hawaiian Standard Time
PHJR, PHKO, PHLI, PHMK, PHNG, PHNL, PHNY, -10
PHOG, PHTO, PADK
Uruguay -3
U.S. Virgin Islands -4
Uzbekistan +5
Vanuatu +11
Venezuela -4
Vietnam +7
Wake Island +12
Wallis and Futuna +12
Yemen +3
Zambia +2
Zimbabwe +2
© Lido 2022
Sheet 1917540

Legends and Tables

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Legends and Tables

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

General Part

1 Terminal Charts Setup 1.1 Chart Types 10

2 Airport Information 2.1 Airport Operational Information (AOI) 141

3 Approach, Arrival and 3.1 Plan View 210

4 Ground Charts 4.1 Plan View 1230

5 Route Facility Charts 5.1 RFC Area Overviews 1550

LSY Standard (CopaAirlinesWW)

6 Reserved For Future Use 1950

7 Unit Conversions and 7.1 Distances 1970

LSY Standard (CopaAirlinesWW)

1.1 Chart Types

Airport Facility Charts

LSY Standard (CopaAirlinesWW)

The Minimum Radar vectoring Chart (MRC) provides radar vectoring

Special Chart Header

LSY Standard (CopaAirlinesWW)

Effective_20-AUG-2015 Switzerland Zurich Zurich Switzerland

LSY Standard (CopaAirlinesWW)

Reverse page title on A5+ paper charts.

• RNAV (GNSS) authorization requirement notes

LSY Standard (CopaAirlinesWW)

1.2.4 Bearing / Track / Distance

LSY Standard (CopaAirlinesWW)

1.2.7 Lido Route Manual and Lido FMS Database Consistency

a Departure End of RWY Waypoint

Examples: Source Database

LSY Standard (CopaAirlinesWW)

minima are given.

1.2.17 Topography Depiction

LSY Standard (CopaAirlinesWW)

2.1 Airport Operational Information (AOI)

1.4.1 Geodetic Reference Datum

LSY Standard (CopaAirlinesWW)

1.7.1 Areas of Restricted Visibility

2.4.1 Requirements for Operators

LSY Standard (CopaAirlinesWW)

Arrival rules concerning local specials for Low Visibility Procedures.

2.7.1 Caution Notes

3.1 Take-off Minima